Mark 13 — Open Scroll

And

as … went forth

he

out of

the

temple

saith

unto him

one

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … disciples

his

Teacher

behold

what manner of

stones

and

what manner of

buildings

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Καὶkai

ἐκπορευομένουek-poh-ryoo-oh-MEH-noo

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἐκek

τοῦtoo

ἱεροῦhee-eh-ROO

λέγειLEH-gay

αὐτῷow-TOH

εἷςhays

τῶνtohn

μαθητῶνmah-thay-TOHN

αὐτοῦow-TOO

Διδάσκαλεdee-DAH-skah-leh

ἴδεEE-deh

ποταποὶpoh-tah-POY

λίθοιLEE-thoy

καὶkai

ποταπαὶpoh-tah-PAI

οἰκοδομαίoy-koh-doh-MAI

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

ἐκπορευομένουGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἐκGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἱεροῦGreek noun, neuter

λέγειGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

εἷςGreek adjective

τῶνGreek article

μαθητῶνGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ΔιδάσκαλεGreek noun, masculine

ἴδεGreek interjection

ποταποὶGreek interrogative pronoun

λίθοιGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ποταπαὶGreek interrogative pronoun

οἰκοδομαίGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to departI depart from; I am voided, cast out; I proceed from, am spoken; I burst forth, flow out, am spread abroad.ἐκ-πορεύω [in LXX chiefly for יָצָא;] to make to go out; pass. and mid., to go forth: Lk 3:7, Ac 25:4; of demons leaving one possessed, Mt 17:21 (WH om.), Ac 19:12; of excrement, Mk 7:19; seq. ἀπό, Mt 20:29, Mk 10:46; ἐκ, Mk 13:1 (of the dead rising, Jo 5:29 ); ἐκεῖθεν, Mk 6:11; ἔξω, Mk 11:19; είς, Mk 10:17, Jo 5:29; ἐπί, c. acc pers., Re 16:14; πρός, c. acc pers., Mt 3:5, Mk 1:5; εἰσπορ- (q.v.) καὶ ἐ., Ac 9:28; metaph., to come forth, proceed: of feelings, etc., Mk 7:23; seq. ἐκ, Mt 15:11, 18 Mk 7:15, 20, 21, Lk 4:22, Eph 4:29; ῥῆμα, seq. διά, Mt 4:4 (LXX); of lightning and flame, Re 4:5 9:17, 18 11:5; a river, Re 22:1; a sword, Re 1:16 19:15; a rumour, seq. εἰς, Lk 4:37; of the Holy Spirit, seq. παρά, Jo 15:26.†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

teacherA teacher, master.* διδάσκαλος, -ου, ὁ (< διδάσκω ), [in LXX: Es 6:1, II Mac 1:10 *;] given as rendering of Heb. רַבּוֺן, רַבִּי (NT, Ῥαββεί, Ῥαββουνεί q.v.); a teacher: Jo 1:39 20:16; of Jewish teachers, Lk 2:46, Jo 3:10, cf. Ro 2:20, 21; of John Baptist, Lk 3:12; of Jesus, Jo 3:2, 10 8:[4] 11:28 13:13, 14, and often in Syn., most freq. in voc., as title of address, as Mt 8:19, Mk 4:38; of Jesus by himself, Mt 23:8; of an apostle, I Ti 2:7, II Ti 1:11; of Christians, I Co 12:28, 29, Eph 4:11, Ac 13:1, Ja 3:1; of false teachers, II Ti 4:3 (Cremer, 181; DB, i, 609, iii, 294, iv, 691) SYN.: παιδευτής, q.v.Scroll for more

look!See! Lo! Behold! Look!.ἴδε (Attic ἰδέ; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.; Veitch, 215) prop., 2 aor. imperat. of ὁράω, q.v. As interjection, apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or many are addressed, see! behold! lo!: Mt 25:20, 22, 25, Mk 2:24 3:34 11:21 13:1, 21 15:4, 35 16:6, Jo 1:29, 36, 48 3:26 5:14 7:26 11:3, 36 12:19 16:29 18:21 19:4, 14, 26, 27, Ga 5:2.†Scroll for more

of what kind?Of what kind, of what manner.** ποταπός (late form of cl. ποδ- ), -ή, -όν, [in LXX: Da LXX Su 54 *;] (= ποδαπός ) from what country? In late writers, = ποῖος, of what sort?: Mt 8:27, Mk 13:1, Lk 1:29 7:39, II Pe 3:11, I Jn 3:1.†Scroll for more

stoneA stone; met: of Jesus as the chief stone in a building.λίθος, -ου, ὁ (and, in Att., of precious stones, ἡ. ), [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Ge 11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Ps 18 (19):10 20 (21):3, Pr 8:19, al.;] a stone: Mt 4:6, al.; pl., Mt 3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mt 27:60, 66 28:2, Mk 15:46 16:3, 4, Lk 24:2, Jo 11:38, 39, 41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Lk 17:2, cf. Re 18:21; of building stones, Mt 21:42, [ 44 ] 24:2, Mk 12:10 13:1, 2, Lk 19:44 20:17, 18 21:5, 6 Ac 4:11, I Pe 2:7; metaph., of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, I Pe 2:4; προσκόμματος, I Pe 2:8, Ro 9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, I Pe 2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Re 4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Re 15:6 ( λίνον, Rec., R, mg., v. Swete, in l.); metaph., λ. τίμιοι, I Co 3:12; of the tables of the law, II Co 3:7; of idols, Ac 17:29.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

of what kind?Of what kind, of what manner.** ποταπός (late form of cl. ποδ- ), -ή, -όν, [in LXX: Da LXX Su 54 *;] (= ποδαπός ) from what country? In late writers, = ποῖος, of what sort?: Mt 8:27, Mk 13:1, Lk 1:29 7:39, II Pe 3:11, I Jn 3:1.†Scroll for more

building(a) the act of building, (b) a building, (c) met: spiritual advancement, edification.† οἰκοδομή, -ῆς, ἡ (< οἶκος, + δέμω, to build ), [in LXX: I Ch 29:1 A ( בִּירָה ), Ez 17:17 40:2 ( בּנה, מִבְנֶה ), Si 22:16 40:19, al.;] = cl. οἰκοδομία (q.v.), -δόμησις (Thuc., Plat.), the act of building; in NT always metaph., building up, edifying: Ro 14:19 15:2, I Co 14:26, II Co 10:8 13:10, Eph 4:29; c. gen. obj., I Co 14:12, II Co 12:19, Eph 4:12, 16; λαλεῖν, λαβεῖν, οἰ., I Co 14:3. = οἰκοδόμημα, a building: Mt 24:1, Mk 13:1, 2; metaph., I Co 3:9, II Co 5:1, Eph 2:21.†Scroll for more

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

said

unto him

Seest thou

these

The ASV does not translate this word.

great

buildings

not

there shall … be left

here

one stone

upon

another

which

not

shall … be thrown down

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

καὶkai

ὁhoh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

εἶπενAY-pen

αὐτῷow-TOH

ΒλέπειςBLEH-pays

ταύταςTOW-tahs

τὰςtahs

μεγάλαςmeh-GAH-lahs

οἰκοδομάςoy-koh-doh-MAHS

οὐoo

μὴmay

ἀφεθῇah-feh-THAY

ὧδεHOH-deh

λίθοςLEE-thohs

ἐπὶeh-PEE

λίθονLEE-thohn

ὃςhohs

οὐoo

μὴmay

καταλυθῇkah-tah-loo-THAY

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

εἶπενGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ΒλέπειςGreek verb

ταύταςGreek particle

τὰςGreek article

μεγάλαςGreek adjective

οἰκοδομάςGreek noun, feminine

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

ἀφεθῇGreek verb

ὧδεGreek adverb

λίθοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπὶGreek preposition

λίθονGreek noun, masculine

ὃςGreek relative pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

καταλυθῇGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

hence

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

greatLarge, great, in the widest sense.μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, [in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for רַב, מַרְבֶּה (incl. μείζων ), רֹב ( μέγιστος );] great; of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mt 2:60; δράκων, Re 12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jo 21:11; πόλις, Re 11:8; μάχαιρα, Re 6:4, al. Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Ac 4:33; φόβος, Mk 4:41; ἀγάπη, Jo 15:13; ἄνεμος, Jo 6:18; κραυγή, Ac 23:9; φῶς, Mt 4:16; πυρετός, Lk 4:38; θλίψις, Mt 24:21. Of rank; of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit 2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Ac 19:27; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.); neut. for masc. (Bl., §32, 1), Mt 12:6; of things: ἁμαρτία, Jo 19:11; μυστήριον, Eph 5:32; = μεγίστη (v. infr., and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), I Co 13:13. Compar., μείζων: Mt 11:11 23:17, al.; neut. pl., μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jo 1:51; double compar., μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl., § 11, 4), III Jo 4; superl., μέγιστος (Deiss., BS, 365), II Pe 1:4.Scroll for more

building(a) the act of building, (b) a building, (c) met: spiritual advancement, edification.† οἰκοδομή, -ῆς, ἡ (< οἶκος, + δέμω, to build ), [in LXX: I Ch 29:1 A ( בִּירָה ), Ez 17:17 40:2 ( בּנה, מִבְנֶה ), Si 22:16 40:19, al.;] = cl. οἰκοδομία (q.v.), -δόμησις (Thuc., Plat.), the act of building; in NT always metaph., building up, edifying: Ro 14:19 15:2, I Co 14:26, II Co 10:8 13:10, Eph 4:29; c. gen. obj., I Co 14:12, II Co 12:19, Eph 4:12, 16; λαλεῖν, λαβεῖν, οἰ., I Co 14:3. = οἰκοδόμημα, a building: Mt 24:1, Mk 13:1, 2; metaph., I Co 3:9, II Co 5:1, Eph 2:21.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to release: leave(a) I send away, (b) I let go, release, permit to depart, (c) I remit, forgive, (d) I permit, suffer.ἀφ-ίημι, [in LXX for נשׂא, נוח hi., נתן, סלח ni., עזב, etc.;] to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce ( DB, iii, 274 a ), τ. γυναῖκα (Hdt.), I Co 7:11-13; of death, τ. πνεῦμα ( Ge 35:18, Hdt., al.), Mt 27:50; ( φωνήν, to utter a cry, Mk 15:37; of debts, to remit, forgive (cl.), τ. δανεῖον, Mt 18:27; τ. ὀφειλήν, Mt 18:32; esp. of sins (Cremer 296 f.), τ. ἁμαρτίας, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀνομίας, Mt 9:2, Ro 4:7 (LXX), I Jo 1:9, al.; punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2:5, Lk 11:4; Ion. pf., ἀφέωνται (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5:23. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mt 4:11 5:24 15:14, Mk 1:20, 31, Jo 4:3, 28 al.; τ. ἐντολὴν τ. θεοῦ, Mk 7:8; τὸν τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγον, He 6:1; τ. ὀγάπην τ. πρώτην, Re 2:4; ptcp., ἀφείς, pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 13:36 22:22, Mk 8:13, al. to let, suffer, permit: Mt 3:15; c. acc., Mt 3:15, 19:14, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5:40; c. inf. pres., Mt 23:14, al.; aor., Mk 5:37, al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.), seq. ἵνα, Mk 11:16, Jo 12:7; c. subjunct. (M, Pr., 175 f.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 7:4 27:49, Mk 15:36, Lk 6:42 (see further MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

hereHere, the things here, what is here, what is going on here, the state of affairs here.ὧδε, adv., [in LXX for הֲֲלֹם,פֹּה,הִנֶּה, etc.;] prop., of manner, so (Hom., al.). In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place, hither (Bl, §25, 2): Mt 8:29, Mk 11:3, Lk 9:41, Jo 6:25, al.; ἕως ὧδε, Lk 23:5; here: Mt 12:6, Mk 9:1, Lk 9:33, Jo 6:9, al.; τὰ ὧδε, Col 4:9; opp. to ἐκεῖ, He 7:8; ὧδε... ἢ ὧδε (ἐκεῖ), Mt 24:23, Mk 13:21; metaph., here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), I Co 4:2, Re 13:10, 18 14:12 17:9.Scroll for more

stoneA stone; met: of Jesus as the chief stone in a building.λίθος, -ου, ὁ (and, in Att., of precious stones, ἡ. ), [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Ge 11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Ps 18 (19):10 20 (21):3, Pr 8:19, al.;] a stone: Mt 4:6, al.; pl., Mt 3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mt 27:60, 66 28:2, Mk 15:46 16:3, 4, Lk 24:2, Jo 11:38, 39, 41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Lk 17:2, cf. Re 18:21; of building stones, Mt 21:42, [ 44 ] 24:2, Mk 12:10 13:1, 2, Lk 19:44 20:17, 18 21:5, 6 Ac 4:11, I Pe 2:7; metaph., of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, I Pe 2:4; προσκόμματος, I Pe 2:8, Ro 9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, I Pe 2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Re 4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Re 15:6 ( λίνον, Rec., R, mg., v. Swete, in l.); metaph., λ. τίμιοι, I Co 3:12; of the tables of the law, II Co 3:7; of idols, Ac 17:29.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

stoneA stone; met: of Jesus as the chief stone in a building.λίθος, -ου, ὁ (and, in Att., of precious stones, ἡ. ), [in LXX for אֶבֶן, Ge 11:3, al.; λ. τίμιος, for פָּז, Ps 18 (19):10 20 (21):3, Pr 8:19, al.;] a stone: Mt 4:6, al.; pl., Mt 3:9, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mt 27:60, 66 28:2, Mk 15:46 16:3, 4, Lk 24:2, Jo 11:38, 39, 41 20:1; λ. μυλικός, Lk 17:2, cf. Re 18:21; of building stones, Mt 21:42, [ 44 ] 24:2, Mk 12:10 13:1, 2, Lk 19:44 20:17, 18 21:5, 6 Ac 4:11, I Pe 2:7; metaph., of Christ, λ. ἀκρογωναῖος, ἐκλεκτός, ἔντιμος, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); λ. ζῶν, I Pe 2:4; προσκόμματος, I Pe 2:8, Ro 9:33; of Christians, λ. ζῶντες, I Pe 2:5; of precious stones, λ. τίμιος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:11, 19; ἴασπις, Re 4:3; ἐνδεδυμένοι λ. καθαρόν, Re 15:6 ( λίνον, Rec., R, mg., v. Swete, in l.); metaph., λ. τίμιοι, I Co 3:12; of the tables of the law, II Co 3:7; of idols, Ac 17:29.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to destroy/lodge(lit: I loosen thoroughly), (a) trans: I break up, overthrow, destroy, both lit. and met., (b) I unyoke, unharness a carriage horse or pack animal; hence: I put up, lodge, find a lodging.κατα-λύω, [in LXX for לוּן, שׁבת, etc.;] to destroy, cast down: Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 21:6; τ. ναόν, Mt 26:61 27:40, Mk 14:58 15:29, Ac 6:14; οἰκίαν, II Co 5:1; opp. to οἰκοδομεῖν, Ga 2:18. Metaph., to overthrow, annul, abrogate: Ac 5:38, 39; τ. ἔργον τ. θεοῦ, Ro 14:20; τ. νόμον, Mt 5:17 ( II Mac 2:22 ). to unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of travellers (cf. κατάλυμα ), to take up one's quarters, lodge (cl., Ge 19:2, al.): Lk 9:12 19:7.†Scroll for more

And

as … sat

he

on

the

mount

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Olives

over against

the

temple

asked

him

privately

Peter

and

James

and

John

and

Andrew

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Καὶkai

καθημένουkah-thay-MEH-noo

αὐτοῦow-TOO

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ὌροςOH-rohs

τῶνtohn

Ἐλαιῶνeh-lai-OHN

κατέναντιkah-TEH-nahn-tee

τοῦtoo

ἱεροῦhee-eh-ROO

ἐπηρώτωνeh-pay-ROH-tohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

κατkaht

ἰδίανee-DEE-ahn

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

καὶkai

Ἰάκωβοςee-AH-koh-bohs

καὶkai

Ἰωάννηςee-oh-AH-nays

καὶkai

Ἀνδρέαςahn-DREH-ahs

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

καθημένουGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ὌροςGreek noun, neuter

τῶνGreek article

ἘλαιῶνGreek noun, feminine

κατέναντιGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἱεροῦGreek noun, neuter

ἐπηρώτωνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

κατGreek preposition

ἰδίανGreek adjective

Πέτροςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἰάκωβοςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἰωάννηςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἀνδρέαςname of a person

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to sitI sit, am seated, enthroned; I dwell, reside.κάθ-ημαι, [in LXX chiefly for ישׁב;] in cl. pres. and impf. only (prop. pf. and plpf. of καθέζομαι; cf. Bl., § 24), in LXX and NT fut. also, to sit, be seated: Mt 11:16 22:44 (LXX), Mk 2:6, Jo 6:3, Ac 2:2, Ja 2:3 (on the vulgar imper. κάθου, v. Kennedy, Sources, 162), Re 4:3, al.; seq. prep. c. acc., ἐπί, Mt 9:9, Mk 2:14, Jo 12:15; παρά, Mt 13:1, Mk 10:46; περί, Mk 3:32, 34; πρός, Lk 22:56; ὑπό, Ja 2:3; εἰς, Mk 13:3; μετά, c. gen. pers., Mt 26:58; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 22:44; ἐπάνω, c. gen., Mt 28:2; ἀπέναντι, c. gen., Mt 27:61; ἐπί, c. dat., Ac 3:10; id. c. gen., Ac 8:28; ἐκεῖ, Mt 15:29; pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13:2, Ac 23:3, Re 18:7; metaph., Mt 4:16, Lk 1:79 (LXX); of one's domicile ( Ne 11:6, Si 50:26; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21:35, Ac 2:2, Re 14:6 (cf. συν-κάθημαι ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

mountainA mountain, hill.ὄρος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for הַר;] a mountain: Mt 4:8 17:1, Mk 9:2, Jo 4:20, II Pe 1:18, al.; opp. to βουνός, Lk 3:5 (LXX); ὄ. τ. ἐλαιῶν, Mt 21:1 24:3, al. (v.s. ἐ. ); ὄ. Σιών ( Σ., prob. in gem appos.), He 12:22, Re 14:1; ὄ. Σινά, Ac 7:30, 38, Ga 4:24, 25; τὸ ὄ., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mt 5:1 8:1, Mk 3:13 6:46, al.; τὰ ὄ., Mt 18:12, Mk 5:5, He 11:38, Re 6:14, al.; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, עקר הרים ), of overcoming difficulties, accomplishing marvels, ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, I Co 13:2, cf. Mt 17:20 21:21, Mk 11:23.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

olive treeAn olive tree; the Mount of Olives.ἐλαία (Attic, ἐλάα ), -ας, ἡ [in LXX for זַיִת;] an olive tree: Ro 11:17, 24, Re 11:4; τ. ὄρος τῶν ἐ. ( הַר הַוֵּתִים, Za 14:4 ), the Mount of Olives: Mt 21:1 24:3 26:30, Mk 11:1 13:3 14:26, Lk 19:37 22:39; τὸ καλούμενον ἐ. (T, ἐλαιών, q.v.), Lk 19:29 21:37. an olive (Aristoph.): Ja 3:12.†Scroll for more

beforeOpposite, in front (of), over against.† κατέναντι, adv., [in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶד ( לְ ), לִפְנֵי, etc.;] over against, opposite, before: ἡ, κ. κώμη, Lk 19:30; as prep., c. gen., Mt 21:2 27:24 ( ἀπ-, WH, mg.), Mk 11:2 12:41 ( ἀπ-, WH, mg.) 13:3; metaph., before, seq. θεοῦ, Ro 4:17, II Co 2:17 12:19.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

to questionI interrogate, question, demand of.ἐπ-ερωτάω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַל, also for דָּרַשׁ, etc.;] to inquire of, consult, question: c. acc pers., Mk 12:34, Lk 2:46, al.; c. dupl. acc, Mk 7:17 11:29, Lk 20:40, al.; c. acc pers., seq. λέγων, Mt 12:18, Mk 9:11; εἰ, Mk 8:23, Lk 23:6, al.; ἐ. θεόν, Ro 10:20 (LXX). In late Gk., to beg of, demand of: c. acc pers. et inf., Mt 16:1 (cf. ἐρωτάω; and v. Cromer, 716)Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

one's own/privateOne's own, belonging to one, private, personal; one's own people, one's own family, home, property.ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον ), [in LXX chiefly for pers. suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; ( τὰ ἴ. ) בֵּיתוֹ;] one's own; of that which is private and personal (in cl. opp. to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3); of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6:41, Jo 1:42 5:43, Ac 2:6 20:28, I Co 11:21, Ga 6:5, II Ti 1:9, He 7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., I Th 4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, II Ti 4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jo 1:11 (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Ac 4:23, I Ti 5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, 84), Lk 18:28, Jo 1:11 16:32 19:27. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, I Co 15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, I Co 15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Ac 1:25; = αὐτοῦ (v. Deiss., ut. supr.), Mt 22:5, Jo 1:42 (cf. Wi 10:1 ). Adverbially (v. supr., 1 ( a ); and cf. WM, 739 2 ); ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: I Co 12:11; κατ’ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mt 14:13, 23 20:17, Mk 4:34 7:33, Lk 10:23, Ac 23:19, al.Scroll for more

PeterPeter, a Greek name meaning "rock".Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, v.s. πέτρα, Κηφᾶς ), Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mt 4:18 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 5:8, Jo 1:41, 43, al.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

JamesJames, (a) the Small, son of Alphaeus, and one of the Twelve, (b) half-brother of Jesus, (c) father (?) of Jude, (d) son of Zebedee, and brother of John, one of the Twelve, killed A.D. 44.Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., v. previous word), James; Son of Zebedee: Mt 4:21, Mk 1:19, 29, Ac 1:13 12:2, al. Son of Alphæus: Mt 10:3, Mk 2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς ), Mt 27:56, Mk 15:40 16:1 (cf. Jo 19:25 ). The Lord's brother (v.s. ἀδελφός ): Mt 13:55, Mk 6:3, Ac 12:17, al., I Co 15:7 (probably), Ga 1:19 2:9, 12, Ja 1:1, Ju 1. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Lk 6:16, Ac 1:13.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

AndrewAndrew, brother of Simon Peter, and one of the apostles of Jesus, belonging to Bethsaida.Ἀνδρέας, -ου, ὁ, Andrew, the Apostle: Mt 4:18 10:2, Mk 1:16, 29 3:18 13:3, Lk 6:14, Jo 1:41, 45 6:8 12:22, Ac 1:13.†Scroll for more

Tell

us

when

these things

shall … be

and

what shall be

the

sign

when

are … about to

these things

be accomplished

all

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Εἰπὸνay-POHN

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

πότεPOH-teh

ταῦταTOW-tah

ἔσταιEH-stai

καὶkai

τίtee

τὸtoh

σημεῖονsay-MAY-ohn

ὅτανHOH-tahn

μέλλῃMEH-lay

ταῦταTOW-tah

συντελεῖσθαιsoon-teh-LAY-sthai

πάνταPAHN-tah

The Pieces

ΕἰπὸνGreek verb

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

πότεGreek interrogative particle

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἔσταιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

τὸGreek article

σημεῖονGreek noun, neuter

ὅτανGreek conjunction

μέλλῃGreek verb

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

συντελεῖσθαιGreek verb

πάνταGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

when?When, at what time.πότε, interrog. adv. of time, when?: Mt 25:37-39, 44, Lk 21:7, Jo 6:25; ἕως π., how long: Mt 17:17, Mk 9:19, Lk 9:41, Jo 10:24, Re 6:10. In indir. questions, = ὁπότε, Mt 24:3, Mk 13:4, 33, 35, Lk 12:36 17:20 (v. Bl., § 25, 4).†Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

signA sign, miracle, indication, mark, token.σημεῖον, -ου, τό [in LXX chiefly for אוֹת;] a sign, mark, token; of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others: Mt 26:48, Lk 2:12, II Th 3:17 (cf. Deiss., LAE, 153 2 ); seq. gen. epexeg., Ro 4:11; c. gen. obj., Mt 24:8, 30, II Co 12:12; c. gen. subj., Mt 16:3; a sign of warning or admonition: Mt 12:39 16:4, Lk 2:34 11:29, 30, I Co 14:22; a sign portending future events (Soph., Plat. al.): Mk 13:4, Lk 21:7, 11, 25, Ac 2:19, Re 12:1, 3 15:1; of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded as signs of a divine authority: Mt 12:38, 39 16:1, 4, Mk 8:11, 12 Lk 11:16, 29 23:8, Jo 2:11, 18, 23 4:54 6:30 10:41 12:18, Ac 4:16, 22; pl., Mk 16:[17, 20], Jo 2:11, 23 3:2 6:2, 14, 26 7:31 9:16 11:47 12:37 20:30, Ac 8:6, I Co 1:22 (Lft., Notes, 162); the same ascribed to false teachers and demons: Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22, II Th 2:9, Re 13:13, 14 16:14 19:20; σ. καὶ τέρατα ( τ. καὶ σ.; cf. Tr., Syn., § xci), Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22, Jo 4:48, Ac 2:19, 43 4:30 5:12 6:8 7:36 14:3 15:12, Ro 15:19, II Th 2:9; id. seq. καὶ δυνάμεις, II Co 12:12, He 2:4; σ. καὶ δυνάμεις, Ac 8:13; δ. καὶ τ. καὶ σ., Ac 2:22; σ. διδόναι, Mt 24:24, Mk 13:22.†Scroll for more

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to completeI bring to an end, fulfill, accomplish.συν-τελέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for כּלה pi., also for עשׂה, תּמם, etc.;] "perfective" of τελέω (cf. M, Pr., 118), to complete, finish, bring to an end: Lk 4:13; pass., ib. 2, Jo 2:3, WH, mg., Ac 21:27. to effect, accomplish, bring to fulfilment (cf. MM, xxiv): Mk 13:4, Ro 9:28, He 8:8.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

The ASV does not translate this word.

And

Jesus

began

to say

unto them

Take heed

that no

man

you

lead … astray

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

ἤρξατοAYR-ksah-toh

λέγεινLEH-gayn

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ΒλέπετεBLEH-peh-teh

μήmay

τιςtees

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

πλανήσῃplah-NAY-say

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

ἤρξατοGreek verb

λέγεινGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ΒλέπετεGreek verb

μήGreek negative particle

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

ὑμᾶς

πλανήσῃGreek verb

What It Can Mean

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

to rule/beginI begin.ἄρχω, [in LXX for חלל, משׁל, etc.;] to begin. to rule (v. DCG, ii, 538 b.): c. gen., Mk 10:42, Ro 15:12. Mid., to begin: seq. ἀπό, Mt 16:21 20:8, Lk 14:18 23:5 24:27, 47, Jo 8:9, Ac 1:22 8:35 10:37, I Pe 4:17; c. inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mk 1:45 2:23 5:17, Lk 3:8, al. (v. M, Pr., 14 f.; Dalman, Words, 27; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to lead astrayI lead astray, deceive, cause to wander.πλανάω, -ῶ (< πλάνη ), [in LXX chiefly for תּעה;] to cause to wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, wander: Mt 18:12, 13, He 11:38, I Pe 2:25 (cf. Is 53:6 ). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. acc. pers., Mt 24:4, 5, 11, 24, Mk 13:5, 6, Jo 7:12, II Ti 3:13, I Jn 1:8 2:26 3:7, Re 2:20 12:9 13:14 19:20 20:3, 8, 10; pass., to be led astray, to err: Mt 22:29, Mk 12:24, 27, Lk 21:8, Jo 7:47, II Ti 3:13, Tit 3:3, He 5:2, II Pe 2:15, Re 18:23; τ. καρδίᾳ, He 3:10; ἀπὸ τ. ἀληθείας, Ja 5:19; μὴ πλανᾶσθε, I Co 6:9 15:33, Ga 6:7, Ja 1:16 (cf. ἀπο-πλανάω ).†Scroll for more

Many

shall come

in

The ASV does not translate this word.

name

my

saying

The ASV does not translate this word.

I

am he

and

many

shall lead … astray

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

πολλοὶpoh-LOY

ἐλεύσονταιeh-LYOO-sohn-tai

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τῷtoh

ὀνόματίoh-NOH-mah-tee

μουmoo

λέγοντεςLEH-gohn-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

Ἐγώeh-GOH

εἰμιay-mee

καὶkai

πολλοὺςpoh-LOOS

πλανήσουσινplah-NAY-soo-seen

The Pieces

πολλοὶGreek adjective or Greek adverb

ἐλεύσονταιGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ὀνόματίGreek noun, neuter

μουGreek pronoun

λέγοντεςGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἘγώGreek pronoun

εἰμιGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πολλοὺςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

πλανήσουσινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

to lead astrayI lead astray, deceive, cause to wander.πλανάω, -ῶ (< πλάνη ), [in LXX chiefly for תּעה;] to cause to wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, wander: Mt 18:12, 13, He 11:38, I Pe 2:25 (cf. Is 53:6 ). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. acc. pers., Mt 24:4, 5, 11, 24, Mk 13:5, 6, Jo 7:12, II Ti 3:13, I Jn 1:8 2:26 3:7, Re 2:20 12:9 13:14 19:20 20:3, 8, 10; pass., to be led astray, to err: Mt 22:29, Mk 12:24, 27, Lk 21:8, Jo 7:47, II Ti 3:13, Tit 3:3, He 5:2, II Pe 2:15, Re 18:23; τ. καρδίᾳ, He 3:10; ἀπὸ τ. ἀληθείας, Ja 5:19; μὴ πλανᾶσθε, I Co 6:9 15:33, Ga 6:7, Ja 1:16 (cf. ἀπο-πλανάω ).†Scroll for more

when

And

ye shall hear of

wars

and

rumors

of wars

not

be … troubled

these things must needs

come to pass

but

is not yet

the

end

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

ὅτανHOH-tahn

δὲdeh

ἀκούσητεah-KOO-say-teh

πολέμουςpoh-LEH-moos

καὶkai

ἀκοὰςah-koh-AHS

πολέμωνpoh-LEH-mohn

μὴmay

θροεῖσθεthroh-AY-stheh

δεῖday

γενέσθαιgeh-NEH-sthai

ἀλλahl

οὔπωOO-poh

τὸtoh

τέλοςTEH-lohs

The Pieces

ὅτανGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

ἀκούσητεGreek verb

πολέμουςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀκοὰςGreek noun, feminine

πολέμωνGreek noun, masculine

μὴGreek negative particle

θροεῖσθεGreek verb

δεῖGreek verb

γενέσθαιGreek verb

ἀλλGreek conjunction

οὔπωGreek adverb

τὸGreek article

τέλοςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

warA war, battle, strife.πόλεμος, -ον, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מִלְחָמָה;] war: Mt 24:6, Mk 13:7, Lk 14:31 21:9, He 11:34; π. ποιεῖν, seq. μετά, c. gen. (cf. πολεμέω ), Re 11:7 12:17 13:7 19:19. = μάχη, a fight, battle: I Co 14:8, Re 9:7, 9 12:7 16:14 20:8; hyperb., of private quarrels (cf. πολεμέω ), Ja 4:1.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

hearingHearing, faculty of hearing, ear; report, rumor.ἀκοή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ἀκούω ), [in LXX: Ex 15:26, al. for שׁמע, its parts and derivatives, exc. De 11:22 ( שׁמר );] hearing, the sense of hearing: I Co 12:17, II Pe 2:8; "Hebraic dative," ἀκοῇ ακούειν (freq. in LXX; V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26. organ of hearing, the ear (Arist., al.; MM, VGT, s.v.): II Ti 4:3, 4; pl., Mk 7:35, Lk 7:1, Ac 17:20, He 5:11. a thing heard, i.e., a message, teaching: Jo 12:38 and Ro 16:16, 17 (LXX), Ga 3:2, 5 R, mg.; λόγος ἀκοῆς, I Th 2:13, He 4:2; a report, rumour: c. gen, pers., Mt 4:24, 14:1, 24:6; Mk 1:28 13:7 (Cremer, 82, 623; MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

warA war, battle, strife.πόλεμος, -ον, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מִלְחָמָה;] war: Mt 24:6, Mk 13:7, Lk 14:31 21:9, He 11:34; π. ποιεῖν, seq. μετά, c. gen. (cf. πολεμέω ), Re 11:7 12:17 13:7 19:19. = μάχη, a fight, battle: I Co 14:8, Re 9:7, 9 12:7 16:14 20:8; hyperb., of private quarrels (cf. πολεμέω ), Ja 4:1.†Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to alarmI disturb, agitate; pass: I am troubled, alarmed.θροέω, -ῶ (< θρόος, a noise, tumult ), [in LXX: Ca 5:4 ( המה *;] in cl., to cry aloud, make an outcry. to utter aloud. In NT (and LXX), pass., to be troubled, as by an alarm: Mt 24:6, Mk 13:7, Lk 24:37 (WH, mg.), II Th 2:2 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).†Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

not yetNot yet.οὔπω, neg. adv. of time, not yet: Mt 24:6, Mk 13:7, Jo 2:4 3:24 6:17, al.; c. neg., Mk 11:2, Lk 23:53; interrog., Mt 16:9, Mk 4:40 8:17, 21.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

goal/tax(a) an end, (b) event or issue, (c) the principal end, aim, purpose, (d) a tax.τέλος, -ους, τό [in LXX for קֵץ, etc.; εἰς τὸ τ., chiefly for לָנֶצַח and cognate forms;] end: most freq. of the termination or limit of an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. τελευτή ), Lk 1:33, I Co 10:11, II Co 3:13, I Pe 4:7; by meton., of one who makes an end, Ro 10:4; ἕως ( ἄχρι, μέκρι ) τέλους, I Co 1:8, II Co 1:13, He 3:14 6:11, Re 2:26; εἰς τ., to or at the end, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 18:5, Jo 13:1 (or here, to the uttermost, v. Westc., in l.); τ. ἔχειν, Lk 22:37; adverbially, τὸ δὲ τέλος, finally, I Pe 3:8; of the last in a series, Re 21:6 22:13; of the issue, fate or destiny, Mt 26:58; c. gen. rei, Ro 6:21, al.; c. gen. pers., II Co 11:13, al.; of the aim or purpose, I Ti 1:5. toll, custom, revenue: Ro 13:7; pl., as most usually, Mt 17:25Scroll for more

shall rise

For

nation

against

nation

and

kingdom

against

kingdom

there shall be

earthquakes

in

divers places

there shall be

famines

the beginning

of travail

these things are

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

ἐγερθήσεταιeh-gehr-THAY-seh-tai

γὰρgahr

ἔθνοςEH-thnohs

ἐπep

ἔθνοςEH-thnohs

καὶkai

βασιλείαbah-see-LAY-ah

ἐπὶeh-PEE

βασιλείανbah-see-LAY-ahn

ἔσονταιEH-sohn-tai

σεισμοὶsay-SMOY

κατὰkah-TAH

τόπουςTOH-poos

ἔσονταιEH-sohn-tai

λιμοίlee-MOY

ἀρχὴahr-CHAY

ὠδίνωνoh-DEE-nohn

ταῦταTOW-tah

The Pieces

ἐγερθήσεταιGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

ἔθνοςGreek noun, neuter

ἐπGreek preposition

ἔθνοςGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

βασιλείαGreek noun, feminine

ἐπὶGreek preposition

βασιλείανGreek noun, feminine

ἔσονταιGreek verb

σεισμοὶGreek noun, masculine

κατὰGreek preposition

τόπουςGreek noun, masculine

ἔσονταιGreek verb

λιμοί

ἀρχὴGreek noun, feminine

ὠδίνωνGreek noun, feminine

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

to arise(a) I wake, arouse, (b) I raise up.ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc.;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mt 9:5, Mk 2:11, al.); to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 4:38, Ac 12:7; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13:11 (pass.), Eph 5:14; pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25:7, Mk 4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mt 1:24. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jo 5:21, Ac 26:8, II Co 1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, Ro 8:11, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 11:5, Lk 7:22, Jo 2:22, Ro 6:9, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mt 14:2, al. In late Gk., to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: Mt 9:5, 7, Mk 1:31 9:27 10:49, al.; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mt 2:15 9:19, Re 11:1 (v. Dalman, 23f.); to raise up, cause to appear: Ac 13:22 (cf. Jg 2:18 ); τέκνα, Mt 3:9; pass., to appear: Mt 11:11, Mk 13:22, al. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8. Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jo 2:19, 20 (cf. De 16:22, Si 49:13 ); (cf. δι-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224).Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

kingdomKingship, sovereignty, authority, rule, especially of God, both in the world, and in the hearts of men; hence: kingdom, in the concrete sense.βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (< βασιλεύω ), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה מַלְכוּת;] prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Lk 1:33 22:29, Jo 18:36, Ac 1:6, He 1:8, I Co 15:24; λαβεῖν β., Lk 19:12, 15, Re 17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, Re 17:17; ἔχειν β., Re 17:18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. ( εἰς τὴν ) β., Mt 16:28, Lk 23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Re 12:10. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules ( Es 5:3, al.): Mt 4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mk 3:24 6:23, Lk 4:5, He 11:33, al.; the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty ), the king himself ( τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., IV Ki 11:1 ). In LXX ( Wi 6:5, To 13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218 f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ ( מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Is 53:10 ), Eph 5:5; τ. κυρίου, II Pe 1:11, Re 11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mk 11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mt 4:23, Ja 2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mt 11:12, Lk 17:21, Ro 14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 6:10, Mk 9:1, Jo 3:5, II Pe 1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mt 6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mk 10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mt 25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, He 12:28; αὐτῶν ( τοιούτων ) ἐστὶν ἡ β., Mt 5:3, 10 19:14, Mk 10:14, Lk 18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mt 19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Lk 18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Lk 4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mt 3:2, Mk 1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mt 16:19; κλείειν τὴν β., Mt 23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mt 8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

kingdomKingship, sovereignty, authority, rule, especially of God, both in the world, and in the hearts of men; hence: kingdom, in the concrete sense.βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (< βασιλεύω ), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה מַלְכוּת;] prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Lk 1:33 22:29, Jo 18:36, Ac 1:6, He 1:8, I Co 15:24; λαβεῖν β., Lk 19:12, 15, Re 17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, Re 17:17; ἔχειν β., Re 17:18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. ( εἰς τὴν ) β., Mt 16:28, Lk 23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Re 12:10. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules ( Es 5:3, al.): Mt 4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mk 3:24 6:23, Lk 4:5, He 11:33, al.; the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty ), the king himself ( τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., IV Ki 11:1 ). In LXX ( Wi 6:5, To 13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218 f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ ( מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Is 53:10 ), Eph 5:5; τ. κυρίου, II Pe 1:11, Re 11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mk 11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mt 4:23, Ja 2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mt 11:12, Lk 17:21, Ro 14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 6:10, Mk 9:1, Jo 3:5, II Pe 1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mt 6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mk 10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mt 25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, He 12:28; αὐτῶν ( τοιούτων ) ἐστὶν ἡ β., Mt 5:3, 10 19:14, Mk 10:14, Lk 18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mt 19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Lk 18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Lk 4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mt 3:2, Mk 1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mt 16:19; κλείειν τὴν β., Mt 23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mt 8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).Scroll for more

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

earthquakeA shaking (as an earthquake); a storm.σεισμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< σείω ), [in LXX chiefly for רַעַשׁ;] a shaking, commotion, as a tempest at sea: Mt 8:24; esp. an earthquake: Mt 24:7 27:54 28:2, Mk 13:8, Lk 21:11, Ac 16:26, Re 6:12 8:5 11:13, 19 16:18.†Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

hungerA famine, hunger.λιμός, -οῦ, ὁ (so in Att.; in Dor. ἡ, and so sometimes in LXX, v. Th., Gr., 146; in NT: Lk 15:14, Ac 11:28; cf. M, Pr., 60), [in LXX chiefly for רָעָב;] hunger, famine: Lk 4:25 15:14, 17, Ac 7:11 (LXX) 11:28, Ro 8:35, Re 6:8 18:8; λ. καὶ δίψος, II Co 11:27; pl., Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 21:11.†Scroll for more

beginning(a) rule (kingly or magisterial), (b) plur: in a quasi-personal sense, almost: rulers, magistrates, (c) beginning.ἀρχή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for קֶדֶם, רֹאשׁ, רֵאשִׁית, etc.;] beginning, origin; absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Re 21:6 (cf. 1:8 ); similarly, of Christ, Re 22:13; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Re 3:14; in his relation to the Church, Col 1:18; ἐν ἀ., Jo 1:1, 2; ἀπ᾽ ἀ. (and ἀπ᾽ ἀ. κτισεως ), Mt 19:4, 8 24:21, Mk 10:6 13:19, Jo 8:44, II Th 2:13, II Pe 3:4, I Jn 1:1 2:13, 14 3:8; κατ’ ἀρχάς, He 1:10; relatively: He 7:3; ἀ. ὠδίνων, Mt 24:8, Mk 13:9; τ. σημείων, Jo 2:11; τ. ὑποστάσεως, He 3:14; τ. λογίων, He 5:12; ὁ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγος, the account of the beginning, the elementary view of Christ, He 6:1; ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν, to begin, He 2:3; ἐξ ἀ., Jo 6:64 16:4; ἀπ’ ἀ., Lk 1:2, Jo 15:27, I Jn 2:7, 24 3:11, II Jn 5, 6; ἐν ἀ., Ac 11:15 26:4, Phl 4:15; τὴν ἀρχήν, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al.; v MM, s.v.): Jo 8:25. an extremity, a corner: Ac 10:11 11:5. sovereignty, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.): Lk 12:11 20:20, Ro 8:38, I Co 15:24, Eph 1:21 3:10 6:12, Col 1:16 2:10, 15, Tit 3:1, Ju 6 (Cremer, 113).†Scroll for more

laborThe pain of childbirth, acute pain, severe agony, a snare.ὠδίν (late form of ὠδίς ), -ῖνος, ἡ [in LXX for חֶבֶל (and wrongly for חֶבֶל, cf. Ac, l.c.), חִיל, etc.;] a birth pang, travail pain: I Th 5:3; metaph., of extreme suffering, Mt 24:8, Mk 13:8; ὠδῖνες θανάτου ( Ps 17 (18):4 הֶבְלֵי מָוֶת ), Ac 2:24.†Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

take … heed

But

ye

to yourselves

they shall deliver … up

for

you

to

councils

and

in

synagogues

shall ye be beaten

and

before

governors

and

kings

shall ye stand

for … sake

my

for

a testimony

unto them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

βλέπετεBLEH-peh-teh

δὲdeh

ὑμεῖςhoo-MAYS

ἑαυτούςheh-ow-TOOS

παραδώσουσινpah-rah-DOH-soo-seen

γὰρgahr

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

εἰςays

συνέδριαsoo-NEH-dree-ah

καὶkai

εἰςays

συναγωγὰςsoo-nah-goh-GAHS

δαρήσεσθεdah-RAY-seh-stheh

καὶkai

ἐπὶeh-PEE

ἡγεμόνωνhay-geh-MOH-nohn

καὶkai

βασιλέωνbah-see-LEH-ohn

σταθήσεσθεstah-THAY-seh-stheh

ἕνεκενHEH-neh-ken

ἐμοῦeh-MOO

εἰςays

μαρτύριονmahr-TOO-ree-ohn

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

The Pieces

βλέπετεGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὑμεῖςGreek pronoun

ἑαυτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

παραδώσουσινGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὑμᾶς

εἰςGreek preposition

συνέδριαGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

συναγωγὰςGreek noun, feminine

δαρήσεσθεGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπὶGreek preposition

ἡγεμόνωνGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

βασιλέωνGreek noun, masculine

σταθήσεσθεGreek verb

ἕνεκενGreek preposition

ἐμοῦGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

μαρτύριονGreek noun, neuter

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

councilA council, tribunal; the Sanhedrin, the meeting place of the Sanhedrin.συνέδριον, -ου, τό (< σύν + ἕδρα, a seat ) [in LXX: Pr 11:13 15:22, Je 15:17 ( סוֹד ), Ps 25 (26):4 ( מַת ), Pr 22:10 ( דִּין ) 26:26 ( קָהָל ); Pr 24:7 27:22 31:23, II Mac 14:5, IV Mac 17:17 *;] a council (Plat., Xen., al.; LXX; in π., σ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων, Deiss., BS, 156): of a local Jewish tribunal, Mt 10:17, Mk 13:9. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic סַנְהֵדְרִין = συνέδριον ): Mt 5:22 26:59, Mk 14:55 15:1, Lk 22:66, Ac 5:21, 27, 34, 41 6:12, 15 22:30 23:1, 6, 15, 20, 28 (WH, R, mg., om.) 24:20 of a meeting of the Sanhedrin, Jo 11:47; of the place of meeting, Ac 4:15.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

synagogueAn assembly, congregation, synagogue, either the place or the people gathered together in the place.συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for עֵדָה, also for קהל, etc.;] prop., a bringing together; of things, a gathering in of harvest; a collection of money. Of persons, a collecting, assembling (Polyb.); an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.): Re 2:9 3:9; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Lk 12:11, Ac 9:2, al.; of a Christian assembly, Ja 2:2. By meton., of the building in which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mt 10:17, Mk 1:21, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. ἐκκλησία ) SYN.: ἐκκλησία (q.v.)Scroll for more

to beat upI flay, flog, scourge, beat.δέρω [in LXX: Le 1:6, II Ch 29:34 35:11 ( פָּשַׁט hi.)*;] to skin, flay. (of. Eng. slang, hide ) to beat, thrash: c. acc, Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, 5, Lk 20:10, 11 22:63, Jo 18:23, Ac 5:40 16:37 22:19; ὡς ἀέρα δέρων, I Co 9:26; εἰς πρόσωπου δ., II Co 11:20. Pass., Mk 13:9, Lk 12:47, 48 ( δαρήσεται πολλάς, ὀλίγας, sc. πληγάς ).†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

rulerA leader, guide; a commander; a governor (of a province); plur: leaders.ἡγεμών, -όνος, ὁ ( ἡγέομαι ), [in LXX for אַלּוּף, שַׂר, etc.;] a leader, guide. a commander. a governor of a province (proconsul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. ἀνθύπατος ): Mt 10:18, Mk 13:9, Lk 21:12, I Pe 2:14; of the Procurator of Judæa, Mt 27:2, 11, 14, 15, 21, 27 28:14, Lk 20:20, Ac 23:24, 26, 33 24:1, 10 26:30. For Heb. אַלְפֵי (LXX, χίλιαι ) misread אַלֻּפֵי, leaders: Mt 2:6 (OT).†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

kingA king, ruler, but in some passages clearly to be translated: emperor.βασιλεύς, -έως, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מֶלֶךְ;] a king: Mt 1:6 2:1; used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14:9; of the Roman Emperor, as freq. in κοινή (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), I Pe 2:13, 17; of the Christ, in the phrase ὁ β. τ. Ἰουδαίων, Mt 2:2, al.; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Mk 15:32, Jo 1:50 12:13; of God, Mt 5:35, I Ti 1:17, Re 15:3; β. βασιλέων, Re 17:14 19:16; β. τ. βασιλευόντων, I Ti 6:15 (on the associations of the word to Jewish Hellenists, v. Cl. Rev., i, 7).†Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

because ofFor the sake of, on account of, on account of which, wherefore, on account of what, why.ἕνεκα (so Mt 19:5, Lk 6:22, Ac 19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Lk 4:18 18:29, Ac 28:20, II Co 3:10 ), prep. c. gen., on account of, because of: Mt 5:10, 11 16:25 19:29, Mk 8:35, Lk 6:22, Ac 28:20, Ro 8:36, II Co 3:10; ἕ. τούτου, Mt 19:5; τούτων, Ac 26:21; τίνος ἕ., Ac 19:32; seq. τοῦ, c. inf., II Co 7:12; οὗ ἕν., Lk 4:18Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

testimonyWitness, evidence, testimony, proof.μαρτύριον, -ου, τό (< μάρτυρ ), [in LXX chiefly for מוֹעֵד, also for עֵדָה, עֵדוּת and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt., Thuc., al.): c. gen. subj., II Co 1:12, II Th 1:10; c. gen. obj., Ac 4:33, I Co 1:6 2:1 (WH, txt., R, txt., μυστήριον; II Ti 1:8; εἰς μ., Mt 8:4 10:18 Mt 24:14, Mk 1:44 6:11 13:9, Lk 5:14 9:5 21:13, He 3:5, Ja 5:3; τὸ μ. καιροῖς ἰδίοις ( CGT, in l.), I Ti 2:6; ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μ. (LXX for אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד ), Ac 7:44, Re 15:5.†Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

And

unto

all

the

nations

must

first

be preached

the

gospel

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

καὶkai

εἰςays

πάνταPAHN-tah

τὰtah

ἔθνηEH-thnay

δεῖday

πρῶτονPROH-tohn

κηρυχθῆναιkay-roo-CHTHAY-nai

τὸtoh

εὐαγγέλιονyoo-ahn-GEH-lee-ohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

πάνταGreek adjective

τὰGreek article

ἔθνηGreek noun, neuter

δεῖGreek verb

πρῶτονGreek adverb

κηρυχθῆναιGreek verb

τὸGreek article

εὐαγγέλιονGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

firstFirst, in the first place, before, formerly.

to preachI proclaim, herald, preach.κηρύσσω, [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to be a herald, to proclaim: Mk 1:45 7:36, Lk 4:18, 19 (LXX) (but v. Field, Notes, 174) 8:39, Ro 2:21, I Co 9:27, Ga 5:11, al.; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to proclaim, preach: τὸ εὐαγέλιον, Mt 4:23 9:35 24:14 26:13, Mk 1:14 13:10 14:9 16:[15], Ga 2:2, Col 1:23, I Th 2:9; seq. εἰς, Mk 1:39 13:10, Lk 4:44, I Th 2:9; ἵνα, Mk 6:12; c. inf., Ro 2:21; κ. Χριστόν, Ἰησοῦν, Ac 8:5 9:20 19:13, I Co 1:23 15:12, II Co 1:19 11:4, Phl 1:15; I Ti 3:16 (cf. προ-κηρύσσω ).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

gospelThe good news of the coming of the Messiah, the gospel; the gen. after it expresses sometimes the giver (God), sometimes the subject (the Messiah, etc.), sometimes the human transmitter (an apostle).εὐαγγέλιον, -ου, τό [in LXX for בְּשׂוֹרָה, בְּשׂרָה, II Ki 4:10 18:22 18:25 *;] in cl., בְּשׂוֹרָה, a reward for good tidings (Hom.; pl., LXX, II Ki 4:10 ); in pl., εὐ. θύειν, to make a thank-offering for good tidings (Xen., al.). Later (Luc., Plut., al.), good tidings, good news; in NT of the good tidings of the kingdom of God and of salvation through Christ, the gospel: Mk 1:15, Ac 15:7, Ro 1:16, Ga 2:2, I Th 2:4, al.; c. gen. obj., τ. βασιλείας, Mt 4:23; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 15:19, al.; τ. κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ, II Th 1:8; τ. υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 1:9; τ. δόξης τ. μακαρίου θεοῦ, I Ti 1:11; τ. δόξης τ. Χριστοῦ, II Co 4:4; of the author, τ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:16, al.; of the teacher, ἡμῶν, Ro 2:16, II Co 4:3, I Th 1:5, II Ti 2:8; of the taught, τ. περιτομῆς, τ. ἀκροβυστίας, Ga 2:7; ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐ., Ga 2:5, 14 Col 1:5; ἡ ἐλπὶς ( πίστις ) τοῦ εὐ., Col 1:23, Phl 1:27 (v. Cremer, 31 ff.; and on the later eccl. use of the word„ M, Th., 143 f.)Scroll for more

And

when

they lead … to judgment

you

and deliver you up

not

be … anxious beforehand

what

ye shall speak

but

whatsoever

shall be given

you

in

that

The ASV does not translate this word.

hour

that

speak ye

it … not

for

is

ye

that

speak

but

the

Spirit

The ASV does not translate this word.

Holy

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

καὶkai

ὅτανHOH-tahn

ἄγωσινAH-goh-seen

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

παραδιδόντεςpah-rah-dee-DOHN-tes

μὴmay

προμεριμνᾶτεproh-meh-ree-MNAH-teh

τίtee

λαλήσητεlah-LAY-say-teh

ἀλλahl

ὃhoh

ἐὰνeh-AHN

δοθῇdoh-THAY

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ἐνen

ἐκείνῃeh-KAY-nay

τῇtay

ὥρᾳHOH-rah

τοῦτοTOO-toh

λαλεῖτεlah-LAY-teh

οὐoo

γάρgahr

ἐστεeh-steh

ὑμεῖςhoo-MAYS

οἱhoy

λαλοῦντεςlah-LOON-tes

ἀλλὰah-LAH

τὸtoh

πνεῦμαPNYOO-mah

τὸtoh

ἅγιονHAH-gee-ohn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ὅτανGreek conjunction

ἄγωσινGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

παραδιδόντεςGreek verb

μὴGreek negative particle

προμεριμνᾶτεGreek verb

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

λαλήσητεGreek verb

ἀλλGreek conjunction

ὃGreek relative pronoun

ἐὰνGreek conditional

δοθῇGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐκείνῃGreek demonstrative pronoun

τῇGreek article

ὥρᾳGreek noun, feminine

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

λαλεῖτεGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

γάρGreek conjunction

ἐστεGreek verb

ὑμεῖςGreek pronoun

οἱGreek article

λαλοῦντεςGreek verb

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

τὸGreek article

πνεῦμαGreek noun, neuter

τὸGreek article

ἅγιονGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

to bringI lead, lead away, bring (a person, or animal), guide, spend a day, go.ἄγω, [in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc.;] to lead, bring, carry: c. acc., seq. ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, impel: Jo 10:16 Ro 2:4, He 2:10, II Ti 3:6, al. to spend or keep a day: Lk 24:21, Ac 19:38 Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mt 2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to worry beforehandI am anxious beforehand, ponder beforehand.*† προ-μεριμνάω, -ῶ, to be anxious beforehand: Mk 13:11.†Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

ifIf.ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ c. ind. (Bl., §65, 4; cf. Jo 13:17, I Co 7:36 ), if haply, if; c. subjc. (cl.); pres.: Mt 6:22, Lk 10:6, Jo 7:17, Ro 2:25, 26 al.; aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Lk 9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3:24, Lk 14:34, Jo 5:43, Ro 7:2, al.; = cl. εἰ, c. opt., Jo 9:22 11:57, Ac 9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jo 12:32 14:3, I Jo 2:28 3:2, He 3:7 (LXX). C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., §65, 4); fut.: Mt 18:19 T, Lk 19:40, Ac 7:7; pres.: I Th 3:8 (v. Milligan, in l.). With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl., §65, 6), Ga 6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subjc. pres., Mt 10:13, I Co 8:8, Ja 2:17, I Jo 3:21; aor., Mt 6:15, Mk 3:27, Jo 3:3, Ro 10:15, Ga 1:8 2:16 (v. Lft., Ellic., in ll.); ἐ. τε... ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם... אִם, Es 19:13, al.,] Ro 14:8. = cl. ἄν (q.v.) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; Bl., §26, 4; Mayser, 152f.; Deiss., BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ., Mt 5:19, Mk 6:22, 23 Lk 17:32, I Co 6:18, al.; ὅπου ἐ., Mt 8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ., Re 11:6; οὗ ἐ., I Co 16:6; καθὸ ἐ., II Co 8:12; ὅστις ἐ., Ga 5:10.Scroll for more

to giveI offer, give; I put, place.δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן (53 words in all);] to give —in various senses, acc. to context— bestow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, yield: absol., Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4:9 5:31, Jo 1:12, al. mult.; c. dat. pers., seq. ἐκ, Mt 25:8; id. c. gen. part.. Re 2:17; c. acc. pers., Jo 3:16, Re 20:13, al.; δεξιάς, Ga 2:9; φίλημα, Lk 7:45; γνῶσιν, Lk 1:77; κρίσιν, Jo 5:22; of seed yielding fruit, Mk 4:7, 8; ἐργασίαν (Deiss., LAE, 117f.), Lk 12:58; c. inf. fin., Mt 27:34, Mk 5:43, Lk 8:55, Jo 6:52, al.; c. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 1:74, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ac 2:27, Re 3:9; c. dupl. acc., Mt 20:28, Mk 10:45, Eph 1:22 4:11, II Th 3:9, I Ti 2:6, al.; ἑαυτὸν δ. εἰς (Polyb., al.), Ac 19:31; c. dat. pers., seq. κατά (MM, Exp., xi), Re 2:28 (LXX); δ. ἵνα, Re 3:9; δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην, Re 3:8. SYN.: δωρέομαι.Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

hour(a) a definite space of time, a season, (b) an hour, (c) the particular time for anything.ὥρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for עֵת and in Da for שָׁעָה;] any time or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hdt., Plat., al.). A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an hour: Mt 24:36, Mk 13:32, Ac 10:3, al.; accus. in ans. to "when"? (M, Pr., 63, 215; Bl., § 34, 8), Jo 4:52, Ac 10:3, 30 I Co 15:30, Re 3:3; acc. of duration, Mt 20:12 26:40, Mk 14:37; inexactly, πρὸς ὥραν, for a season, for a time, Jo 5:35, II Co 7:8, Ga 2:5; πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας, for a short season ( ICC, in l.), I Th 2:17. A definite point of time, time, hour: Mt 26:45; c. gen. rei, Lk 1:10 14:17, Re 3:10, al.; c. gen. pers., Lk 22:53, Jo 2:4 7:30, al.; ἡ ἄρτι ὥρα, I Co 4:11; ἐσχάτη ὥ., I Jo 2:18; seq. ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23 5:25 16:25; ἵνα, Jo 12:23, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ro 13:11 (cf. DB, ext., 475 b, 476 b ).Scroll for more

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

you areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

holySet apart by (or for) God, holy, sacred.ἅγιος, -α, ον (< τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate ), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός ), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Lk 1:49, Jo 17:11, Re 4:8. Hence of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 24:15, He 9:1; of persons employed by him, as angels: I Th 3:13; prophets, Lk 1:70; apostles, Eph 3:5. Applied to persons as separated to God's service: of Christ, Mk 1:24, Jo 6:69, Ac 4:30; of Christians, Ac 9:13, Ro 1:7, He 6:10, Re 5:8. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mk 6:20, Jo 17:11, Ac 3:14, Re 3:7. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: I Co 7:14, Eph 1:4. SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός ( sacer ), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος ( sanctus as opp. to nefas ), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

And

shall deliver up

brother

to

death

and

the father

his child

and

shall rise up

children

against

parents

and

cause … to be put to death

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

καὶkai

παραδώσειpah-rah-DOH-say

ἀδελφὸςah-del-FOHS

ἀδελφὸνah-del-FOHN

εἰςays

θάνατονTHAH-nah-tohn

καὶkai

πατὴρpah-TAYR

τέκνονTEH-knohn

καὶkai

ἐπαναστήσονταιeh-pah-nah-STAY-sohn-tai

τέκναTEH-knah

ἐπὶeh-PEE

γονεῖςgoh-NAYS

καὶkai

θανατώσουσινthah-nah-TOH-soo-seen

αὐτούςow-TOOS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

παραδώσειGreek verb

ἀδελφὸςGreek noun, masculine

ἀδελφὸνGreek noun, masculine

εἰςGreek preposition

θάνατονGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

πατὴρGreek noun, masculine

τέκνονGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπαναστήσονταιGreek verb

τέκναGreek noun, neuter

ἐπὶGreek preposition

γονεῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

θανατώσουσινGreek verb

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

deathDeath, physical or spiritual.θάνατος, -ου, ὁ ( θνήσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for מָוֶת,מוּת, sometimes דֶּבֶר;] death; of the death of the body, whether natural or violent: Jo 11:13, Phl 2:27, He 7:23, al; opp. to ζωή, Ro 8:38, Phl 1:20; of the death of Christ, Ro 5:10, Phl 3:10, He 2:9; ῥυέσθαι (σώζειν) ἐκ θ., II Co 1:10, He 5:7; περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου, Mt 26:38, Mk 14:34; μέχρι (ἄχρι) θ., Phl 2:8, Re 2:10; πληγὴ θανάτου, a deadly wound, Re 13:3; ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; γεύεσθαι θανάτου, Mk 9:1; ἔνοχος θανάτου, Mk 14:64; θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν ( Ex 21:17, מוּת יוּמָת ), Mk 7:10; death personified, Ro 6:9, I Co 15:26, Re 21:4; pl., of deadly perils, II Co 11:23. Of spiritual death: Jo 5:24 8:51, Ro 7:10, Ja 1:15 5:20, I Jo 3:14 5:16, al.; of eternal death, Ro 1:32 7:5, al.; ὁ θ. ὁ δεύτερος, Re 2:11 21:8 (cf. Cremer, 283 ff.; DB, iii, 114 ff.; DCG, i, 791 f.).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

fatherFather, (Heavenly) Father, ancestor, elder, senior.πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for אָב;] a father; prop., of the male parent: Mt 2:22, Lk 1:17, Jo 4:53; anarth., He 12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), He 11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, He 12:9; of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl.; Hom., al.): Mt 3:9, Lk 1:73, Jo 8:39, al.; pl., Mt 23:30, 32, Lk 6:23, 26, Jo 4:20, I Co 10:1, al. Metaph., of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jo 8:41-44, Ro 4:11, 12, 16. as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority ( Jg 17:10, II Ki 2:12, Pr 1:8, al.): Mt 23:9, Ac 7:2 22:1, I Jo 2:13. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father; of created things: τ. φώτων, Ja 1:17; of all sentient beings: Eph 3:14, 15, He 12:9; of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit.; v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.): Mt 6:4, Lk 6:36, Jo 4:21, Ja 3:9, al.; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν ( τ. ) οὐρανοῖς, Mt 5:16, Mk 11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp., of Christians: Ro 8:15, II Co 6:18, Ga 4:6, Eph 2:18 4:6, I Jo 2:1; c. gen. qual., τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, II Co 1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph 1:17; of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); by our Lord himself: ὁ π., Mt 11:25-27, Lk 10:21, 22, Jo 5:20-23, al.; ὁ π. μου, Mt 11:27, al.; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mt 7:11, al.; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 15:13; vocat., Jo 11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG., 96 f.); by Apostles: Jo 1:14 (anarth.; v. M, Pr., 82 f.), Ro 15:6, II Co 1:3 11:31, Eph 1:3, Col 1:3, He 1:5, I Pe 1:3, Re 1:6 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34).Scroll for more

childA child, descendent, inhabitant.τέκνον, -ου, τό (< τίκτω ), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc.;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn ), a child of either sex: Mk 13:12, Lk 1:7, Ac 7:5; pl., Mt 7:11, Mk 7:27, Lk 1:17, Eph 6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים ), of posterity, Mt 2:18, Lk 3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 21:28, Ac 21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9:2 21:28, Mk 2:5, Lk 2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; v. Bl., §37, 5), Ga 4:19 ( τεκνία, WH, txt.), II Ti 2:1. Metaph., of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.): Phm 10, I Ti 1:2, Tit 1:4, III Jo 4; with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.s. πατήρ, γεννάω ), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Is 30:1, Wi 16:21 ): Ro 8:16, Eph 5:1, Phl 2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jo 1:12, I Jo 3:1 al.; of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, Jo 8:39, Ro 9:7, I Pe 3:6; τ. διαβόλου, I Jo 3:10; as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2:23, Ps 149:2, I Mac 1:38 ), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 23:37, Lk 13:34 19:44, Ga 4:25; with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph 5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, I Pe 1:14; κατάρας, II Pe 2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3. SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to rebel againstIntrans. tenses: I rise up against.ἐπ-αν-ίστημι [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] to raise up against; mid., to rise up against: seq. ἐπί, c. acc pers., Mt 10:21, Mk 13:12.†Scroll for more

childA child, descendent, inhabitant.τέκνον, -ου, τό (< τίκτω ), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc.;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn ), a child of either sex: Mk 13:12, Lk 1:7, Ac 7:5; pl., Mt 7:11, Mk 7:27, Lk 1:17, Eph 6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים ), of posterity, Mt 2:18, Lk 3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 21:28, Ac 21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9:2 21:28, Mk 2:5, Lk 2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; v. Bl., §37, 5), Ga 4:19 ( τεκνία, WH, txt.), II Ti 2:1. Metaph., of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.): Phm 10, I Ti 1:2, Tit 1:4, III Jo 4; with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.s. πατήρ, γεννάω ), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Is 30:1, Wi 16:21 ): Ro 8:16, Eph 5:1, Phl 2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jo 1:12, I Jo 3:1 al.; of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, Jo 8:39, Ro 9:7, I Pe 3:6; τ. διαβόλου, I Jo 3:10; as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2:23, Ps 149:2, I Mac 1:38 ), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 23:37, Lk 13:34 19:44, Ga 4:25; with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph 5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, I Pe 1:14; κατάρας, II Pe 2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3. SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

parentA begetter, father; plur: parents.γονεύς, -έως, ὁ (< γίγνομαι ), [in LXX for אָב, אֵם;] a begetter, a father; mostly in pl., οἱ γ., parents: Lk 2:41, 43 8:56 21:16, Jo 9:2, 3, 20, 22, 23 Ro 1:30, II Co 12:14, Eph 6:1, Col 3:20, II Ti 3:2; acc. pl. (Hellenistic, v. Thackeray, Gr., i, 148), γονεῖς, Mt 10:21, Mk 13:22, Lk 2:27 18:29, Jo 9:18.†Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to killI put to death, subdue; pass: I am in danger of death, am dead to, am rid of, am parted from.θανατόω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for מוּת hi., ho., also for הרג, etc.;] to put to death: c. acc., Mt 10:21 26:59 27:1, Mk 13:12 14:55, Lk 21:16, II Co 6:9, I Pe 3:18; pass., Ro 8:36. Metaph.: Ro 8:13; pass., c. dat, (in relation to), Ro 7:4.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

And

ye shall be

hated

of

all men

for … sake

The ASV does not translate this word.

name’s

my

he

but

that endureth

to

the end

the same

shall be saved

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

ἔσεσθεEH-seh-stheh

μισούμενοιmee-SOO-meh-noy

ὑπὸhoo-POH

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

ὄνομάOH-noh-mah

μουmoo

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ὑπομείναςhoo-poh-MAY-nahs

εἰςays

τέλοςTEH-lohs

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

σωθήσεταιsoh-THAY-seh-tai

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔσεσθεGreek verb

μισούμενοιGreek verb

ὑπὸGreek preposition

πάντωνGreek adjective

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ὄνομάGreek noun, neuter

μουGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ὑπομείναςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τέλοςGreek noun, neuter

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

σωθήσεταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to hateI hate, detest, love less, esteem less.μισέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׂנֵא;] to hate: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:43 24:10, Lk 1:71 6:22, 27 19:14, Jo 7:7 15:18, 19, 23-25 17:14, Tit 3:3, I Jn 2:9, 11 3:13, 15 4:20, Re 17:16; pass., Mt 10:22 24:9, Mk 13:13, Lk 21:17; c. acc. rei, Jo 3:20, Ro 7:15, Eph 5:29, He 1:9, Ju 23, Re 2:6; pass., Re 18:2. As the Heb. שָׂנֵא is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference to or relative disregard for one thing in comparison with another (cf. Ge 29:30, 31, De 21:15, 16, Ma 1:3 ) so prob. μ. in the foll.: Mt 6:24, Lk 14:26 16:13, Jo 12:25, Ro 9:13 (LXX).†Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to remain/endure(a) I remain behind, (b) I stand my ground, show endurance, (c) I endure, bear up against, persevere.ὑπο-μένω [in LXX chiefly for קָוָה, also for יָחַל hi., etc.;] in-trans., to stay behind: seq. ἐν, Lk 2:43; ἐκεῖ, Ac 17:14. Trans., c. acc, to await, wait for: Ro 8:24 (Hom., Hdt., Xen., al.); of things, to bear patiently, endure: absol., Mt 10:22 24:13, Mk 13:13, II Ti 2:12, Ja 5:11, I Pe 2:20; τ. θλίψει (dat. of circumstance), Ro 12:12; seq. εἰς, He 12:7; c. acc rei, I Co 13:7, II Ti 2:10, He 10:32 12:2, 3, Ja 1:12.† SYN.: μακροθυμέω (v.s. ὑπομονή )Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

goal/tax(a) an end, (b) event or issue, (c) the principal end, aim, purpose, (d) a tax.τέλος, -ους, τό [in LXX for קֵץ, etc.; εἰς τὸ τ., chiefly for לָנֶצַח and cognate forms;] end: most freq. of the termination or limit of an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. τελευτή ), Lk 1:33, I Co 10:11, II Co 3:13, I Pe 4:7; by meton., of one who makes an end, Ro 10:4; ἕως ( ἄχρι, μέκρι ) τέλους, I Co 1:8, II Co 1:13, He 3:14 6:11, Re 2:26; εἰς τ., to or at the end, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 18:5, Jo 13:1 (or here, to the uttermost, v. Westc., in l.); τ. ἔχειν, Lk 22:37; adverbially, τὸ δὲ τέλος, finally, I Pe 3:8; of the last in a series, Re 21:6 22:13; of the issue, fate or destiny, Mt 26:58; c. gen. rei, Ro 6:21, al.; c. gen. pers., II Co 11:13, al.; of the aim or purpose, I Ti 1:5. toll, custom, revenue: Ro 13:7; pl., as most usually, Mt 17:25Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to saveI save, heal, preserve, rescue.σώζω (on the more accurate σῴζω, v. WH, Intr., § 410; Bl., §3, 1-3), [in LXX chiefly for ישׁע hi., also for מלט ni., נצל ni., etc.;] to save from peril, injury or suffering: Mt 8:25, Mk 13:20, Lk 23:35, al.; τ. ψυχήν, Mt 16:25, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 12:27, He 5:7, Ju 5; of healing, restoring to health: Mt 9:22, Mk 5:34, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Ro 8:24, Eph 2:5, 8 II Ti 1:9, Tit 3:5; (2) Ac 2:47, I Co 1:18, 15:2, II Co 2:15; (3) Mt 10:22, Ro 13:11, Phl 2:12, He 9:28 " (Vau. on Ro 5:9 ). Seq. ἀπό, Mt 1:21, Ac 2:40, Ro 5:9; ἐκ, Ja 5:20, Ju 23 (cf. Cremer, 532 ff.).Scroll for more

when

But

ye see

the

abomination

The ASV does not translate this word.

of desolation

standing

where

not

he ought

him

that readeth

let … understand

then

them that

are in

The ASV does not translate this word.

Judaea

let … flee

unto

the

mountains

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

ὍτανHOH-tahn

δὲdeh

ἴδητεEE-day-teh

τὸtoh

βδέλυγμαBDEH-loog-mah

τῆςtays

ἐρημώσεωςeh-ray-MOH-seh-ohs

ἑστηκόταheh-stay-KOH-tah

ὅπουHOH-poo

οὐoo

δεῖday

ὁhoh

ἀναγινώσκωνah-nah-gee-NOH-skohn

νοείτωnoh-AY-toh

τότεTOH-teh

οἱhoy

ἐνen

τῇtay

Ἰουδαίᾳee-oo-DAI-ah

φευγέτωσανfyoo-GEH-toh-sahn

εἰςays

τὰtah

ὄρηOH-ray

The Pieces

ὍτανGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

ἴδητε

τὸGreek article

βδέλυγμαGreek noun, neuter

τῆςGreek article

ἐρημώσεωςGreek noun, feminine

ἑστηκόταGreek verb

ὅπουGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

δεῖGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἀναγινώσκωνGreek verb

νοείτωGreek verb

τότεGreek adverb

οἱGreek article

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

Ἰουδαίᾳname of a place

φευγέτωσανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰGreek article

ὄρηGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

wheneverWhen, whenever.ὅταν (for ὅτ’ ἄν = ὅτε ἄν ), temporal particle, with a conditional sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; prop., whenever; c. subjc. praes.: Mt 6:2, 5, Mk 14:7, Lk 11:36, Jo 7:27, Ac 23:35, I Co 3:4, al.; ἕως τ. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅ., Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25; seq. τότε, I Th 5:3; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt 5:11, Mk 4:15, Lk 6:22, Jo 2:10 8:28 (Field, Notes, 94), 10:4, al. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.), but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): c. impf., Mk 3:11 (cf. Ge 38:9, al.); c. praes., Mk 11:25; c. fut., Re 4:9 (Swete, in l.); c. aor., Mk 11:19, Re 8:1 (Swete, in ll.; M, Pr., 168, 248; Field, Notes, 35).Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

abominationAn abominable thing, an accursed thing.† βδέλυγμα, -τος, τό (< βδελύσσω ), [in LXX chiefly for שֶׁקֶץ,תּוֹעֵבָה;] an abomination, a detestable thing: Lk 16:15, Re 17:4, 5 21:27; τὸ β. τ. ἐρημώσεως ( Da LXX 12:11, cf. I Mac 1:54; DB, i, 12 f.; DCG, i, 6 f.), Mk 13:14, Mt 24:15 (Cremer, 138).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

devastationA desolation, devastation.† ἐρήμωσις, -εως, ἡ (< ἐρημόω ), [in LXX for שׁמם, Le 26:34-35, Ps 73:10, Da 9:27 11:31 12:11, al.; חׇרְבָּה, Je 7:34 22:5, al.;] a making desolate, laying waste: Lk 21:20; βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως (Da, ll. c., I Mac 1:54 ), Mt 24:15 (LXX), Mk 13:14 (ib.).†Scroll for more

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

whereverWhere, whither, in what place.ὅπου, adv. of place, correlat. of ποῦ (q.v.), where. Prop., of place, where; in relative sentences, c. indic: Mt 25:24, 26, Mk 2:4 4:5, 15 5:40 13:14, Jo 3:8 6:62 7:34, 36 11:32 14:3 17:24 20:19, Ro 15:20, Re 2:13; after nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase ( ἐν ᾧ., etc.), Mt 6:19, 20 13:5 26:57 28:6, Mk 6:55 9:48, Lk 12:33, Jo 1:28 4:20, 46 6:23 7:42 10:40 11:30 12:1 18:1, 20 19:18, 20, 41 20:12, Ac 17:1, Re 2:13 11:8 20:10; seq. ἐκεῖ., Mt 6:21, Lk 12:34 17:37, Jo 12:26; id. pleonast. (= Heb. אֲשֶׁר... שָׁם; Aram. דְּ... תַּמָּן; cf. Ge 13:3 ), ὅ.... ἐκεῖ, Re 12:6, 14; ὅ.... ἐπ' αὐτῶν, Re 17:9; ὅ. ἄν, wherever (M, Pr., 168), c. impf. indic., Mk 6:56; c. pres. subjc., Mt 24:28; ὅ. ἐάν, Mt 26:13, Mk 6:10 9:18 14:9, 14a; in quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc.: Mk 14:14b, Lk 22:11. In late writers (sometimes also in cl.; Bl., § 25, 2), with verbs of motion, = ὅποι, whither: c. indic., Jo 8:21, 22 13:33, 36 14:4 21:18, He 6:20, Ja 3:4; ὅ. ἄν, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Re 14:4; subjc., Lk 9:57; ὅ. ἐάν, Mt 8:19. Without strict local sense, of time or condition: Col 3:11, He 9:16 10:18, Ja 3:16, II Pe 2:11. Of cause or reason (AV, whereas ): I Co 3:3.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to readI read, know again, know certainly, recognize, discern.ἀνα-γινώσκω (Attic ἀναγιγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to know certainly, know again, recognize. Of written characters, to read: Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14, Ac 15:31 23:34, Eph 3:4; c. acc rei, Mt 22:31, Mk 12:10 Lk 6:3, Jo 19:20, Ac 8:30, 32, II Co 1:13, Re 1:3; c. acc pers., Ἠσαίαν τ. προφήτην, Ac 8:28, 30; seq. ἐν, Mt 12:5 21:42, Mk 12:26 (so. ἐν τ. νόμῳ ), Lk 10:26; seq. ὅτι, Mt 19:4 21:16; τί ἐποίησε, Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25; pass. II Co 3:2; of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 4:16, Ac 13:27 15:21, II Co 3:15, Col 4:16, I Th 5:27 (M, Th., in l.).†Scroll for more

to understandI understand, think, consider, conceive, apprehend; aor. possibly: realize.νοέω -ῶ (< νοῦς ), [in LXX chiefly for בּין, also for שׂכל hi., etc;] to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase νοῶν κ. φρονῶν, in wills, v. MM, xvii): absol., Mt 16:9, Mk 8:17; c. acc., Eph 3:4, I Ti 1:7; c. dat. instr., τ. καρδίᾳ, Jo 12:40; pass., Ro 1:20; seq. ὅτι, Mt 15:17 16:11, Mk 7:18; c. acc. et inf., He 11:8. to think, consider: absol., Mt 24:15, Mk 13:14, Eph 3:20; c. acc. rei, II Ti 2:7. (cf. -εὐ, κατα-, μετα-, προ-, ὑπο-νοέω ).†Scroll for more

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

JudeaJudea, a Roman province, capital Jerusalem.Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ, v.s. Ἰουδαῖος.Scroll for more

to fleeI flee, escape, shun.φεύγω [in LXX chiefly for נוּס, also for בּרח, etc.;] to flee from or away, take flight: absol., Mt 8:33 26:56, Mk 5:14 14:50, Lk 8:34, Jo 10:12, Ac 7:29; seq. εἰς, Mt 2:13 10:23 24:16 (WH, txt.), Mk 13:14, Lk 21:21, Re 12:6; ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 24:16 (WH, mg.); ἐκ, Ac 27:30; ἀπό, c. gen. loc. (cl.), Mk 16:8; id. c. gen. pers. (as in Heb.), Jo 10:5, Ja 4:7. Metaph.: absol., Re 16:20; c. acc. rei, I Co 6:18, He 11:34 (v. M, Pr., 116); opp. to διώκειν, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 2:22; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. pers., Re 9:6; ἀπὸ τ. προσώπου, Re 20:11; c. gen. rei, Mt 3:7 (M, Pr., l.c.) 23:33, Lk 3:7, I Co 10:14 (cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-φεύγω ).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

mountainA mountain, hill.ὄρος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for הַר;] a mountain: Mt 4:8 17:1, Mk 9:2, Jo 4:20, II Pe 1:18, al.; opp. to βουνός, Lk 3:5 (LXX); ὄ. τ. ἐλαιῶν, Mt 21:1 24:3, al. (v.s. ἐ. ); ὄ. Σιών ( Σ., prob. in gem appos.), He 12:22, Re 14:1; ὄ. Σινά, Ac 7:30, 38, Ga 4:24, 25; τὸ ὄ., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mt 5:1 8:1, Mk 3:13 6:46, al.; τὰ ὄ., Mt 18:12, Mk 5:5, He 11:38, Re 6:14, al.; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, עקר הרים ), of overcoming difficulties, accomplishing marvels, ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, I Co 13:2, cf. Mt 17:20 21:21, Mk 11:23.Scroll for more

him that

is on

the

housetop

not

let … go down

nor

enter in

to take

anything

out of

The ASV does not translate this word.

house

his

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ὁhoh

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοῦtoo

δώματοςDOH-mah-tohs

μὴmay

καταβάτωkah-tah-BAH-toh

μηδὲmay-DEH

εἰσελθάτωay-sel-THAH-toh

ἆραίAH-rai

τιtee

ἐκek

τῆςtays

οἰκίαςoy-KEE-ahs

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

δώματοςGreek noun, neuter

μὴGreek negative particle

καταβάτωGreek verb

μηδὲGreek negative particle

εἰσελθάτωGreek verb

ἆραίGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

ἐκGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

οἰκίαςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

housetopThe roof (of a house), the top of the house.δῶμα, -τος, τό (< δέμω, to build ), [in LXX for גָּג;] chiefly in poets and late (not Attic) prose; a house, hall. In LXX (and Hom., Od., x, 554; cf. MGr., terrace ), house-top: ἐπὶ τ. δῶμα, Lk 5:19, Ac 10:9; ἐπὶ τ. δώματος, -άτων, Mt 10:27 24:17, Mk 13:15, Lk 12:3 17:31.†Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to come/go downI go down, come down, either from the sky or from higher land, descend.κατα-βαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ירד;] to go or come down, descend. Of persons: Mt 3:16 24:17, Lk 2:51 6:17 10:31 17:31 19:5, 6, Jo 4:47, 49, 51 5:7, Ac 7:34 8:15 10:20 20:10 23:10 24:1, 22, Eph 4:10; seq. ἀπό, Mt 8:1 14:29 27:40, 42, Mk 3:22 15:30, Lk 10:30, Jo 6:38, Ac 25:7, I Th 4:16; ἐκ, Mt 17:9; ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ, Mt 28:2, Mk 9:9, Jo 1:32 3:13 6:33, 41, 42, 6:50, 51, 58, Re 10:1 18:1 20:1; εἰς, Mk 1:10, Lk 10:30 18:14, Jo 2:12, Ac 7:15 8:38 14:25 16:8 18:22 25:6, Ro 10:7, Eph 4:9; ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Jo 6:16; c. acc. pers., Lk 3:22, Jo 1:33, 52; ἐν, Jo 5:[4]; πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 10:21 14:11, Re 12:12. Of things: σκεῦος, Ac 10:11 11:5; βροχή, Mt 7:25, 27; λαῖλαψ, Lk 8:23; seq. ἀπό, Lk 9:54, Ac 8:26, Ja 1:17; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Lk 22:44 (WH, R, mg., reject); ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ seq. ἀπό, Re 3:12 21:2, 10; id. seq. εἰς, Re 13:13; ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Re 16:21. Fig., κ. ἕως ᾅδου, Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15, WH, txt., Tr., mg. ( καταβιβασθήση, T, WH, mg., RV), (cf. συν-καταβαίνω ).†Scroll for more

norAnd not, not even, neither...nor.μηδέ, negative particle, related to οὐδέ as μή to οὐ, as conjc., continuing a negation or prohibition, but not, and not, nor: preceded by μή, Mt 6:25 22:29, Mk 12:24, Lk 14:12, al.; ἵνα μή, Jo 4:15; ὅπως μή, Lk 16:26; μηδέ... μηδέ, neither... nor, Mt 10:10, I Co 10:8, 9. As adv., strengthening a negation, not even: Mk 2:2, I Co 5:11, al.Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

to take upI raise, lift up, take away, remove.αἴρω, [in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc.;] to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jo 8:59 11:41, Ac 27:17, al. to bear, carry: Mt 4:6 16:24, al. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 21:21, Jo 19:31, I Co 5:12 6:15 (v. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jo 1:29, I Jo 3:5. (Cf. ἀπ’, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω ). For exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

homeA house, household, dwelling; meton: goods, property, means.οἰκία, -ας, ἡ (< οἶκος ), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת;] a house, dwelling: Mt 2:11 7:24-27, Mk 1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν ), at home, Lk 8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. ( Mt 8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and v. Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jo 14:2. Metaph., of the body as the dwelling of the soul: II Co 5:1; of property (as בַּיִת, Ge 45:18, LXX, τ. ὑπάρχοντα; III Ki 13:8, LXX, οἶκος ) = οἶκος (q.v.): Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mt 12:25; c. gen. pers., Jo 4:53, I Co 16:15. SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. οἰκία.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

and

him that

is in

the

field

not

let … return

The ASV does not translate this word.

back

to take

The ASV does not translate this word.

cloak

his

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

καὶkai

ὁhoh

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

ἀγρὸνah-GROHN

μὴmay

ἐπιστρεψάτωeh-pee-streh-PSAH-toh

εἰςays

τὰtah

ὀπίσωoh-PEE-soh

ἆραιAH-rai

τὸtoh

ἱμάτιονhee-MAH-tee-ohn

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

ἀγρὸν

μὴGreek negative particle

ἐπιστρεψάτωGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰGreek article

ὀπίσωGreek adverb

ἆραιGreek verb

τὸGreek article

ἱμάτιονGreek noun, neuter

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

See the dictionary entry below.A field, especially as bearing a crop; the country, lands, property in land, a country estate.ἀγρός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׂדֶה ]; a field: Mt 6:28, al. the country: Mk 15:21, al.; pl., country places, farms: Mk 5:14 6:36 56, Lk 8:34 9:12. = χωρίον a piece of ground: Mk 10:29, Ac 4:27, al. (On the occurrence of this word as compared with χώρα, χωρίον v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to turn(a) trans: I turn (back) to (towards), (b) intrans: I turn (back) (to [towards]); I come to myself.ἐπι-στρέφω [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for שׁוּב, in its various senses, also for פָּנָה, etc.;] trans., to turn about, round or towards, hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Lk 1:16, 17 (cf. Ma 3:24 ), Ja 5:19, 20. Intrans., to turn, turn oneself around: Ac 16:18; c. inf., Re 1:12; seq. πρός, Ac 9:40; so also pass. (cl.), Mk 5:30 8:33, Jo 21:20; metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes, 246 ff.), ἐπὶ τ. κύριον ( θεόν ), Ac 9:35 11:21 14:15 15:19 26:20; πρὸς τ. θεόν, I Th 1:9, II Co 3:16; ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, Ac 26:18; pass., I Pe 2:25; to return (as in MGr.): Lk 8:55, Ac 15:36; seq. ὀπίσω, c. inf., Mt 24:18; seq. εἰς, Mt 12:44, Mk 13:16, Lk 2:39 17:31; ἐπί, II Pe 2:22; metaph., seq. ἐπί, Ga 4:9; πρός, Lk 17:4; of moral reform, Mt 13:15, Mk 4:12, Lk 22:32, Ac 3:19 28:27; pass., Mt 10:13 (Cremer, 531, 881).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

afterBehind, after; back, backwards.ὀπίσω, adv. of place and time, [in LXX chiefly for אַחֲרֵי, אַחַר and cogn. forms;] prop., as in cl., adv., of time (not in NT); of place, back, behind, after: Mt 24:18, Lk 7:38; τὰ ὀ., Phl 3:13; εἰς τὰ ὀ., Mk 13:16, Lk 9:62 17:31, Jo 6:66 18:6 20:14. By a usage not found in cl., and in LXX representing the Heb. prep. אַחֲרֵי (Bl., § 40, 8; Thackeray, Gr., 46 f.), but also prob. general in vernacular (M, Pr., 99), as prep. c. gen.; of time, after: Mt 3:11, Mk 1:7, Jo 1:15, 27, 30; of place, behind, after: Mt 4:19 10:38 16:23, 24, Mk 1:17, 20 8:33, 34, Lk 9:23 14:27 19:14 21:8, II Pe 2:10, Ju 7, Re 1:10 12:15; in constr. praegn. (v. Swete on Re 13:3 ), Jo 12:19, Ac 5:17 20:30, I Ti 5:15, Re 13:3.†Scroll for more

to take upI raise, lift up, take away, remove.αἴρω, [in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc.;] to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jo 8:59 11:41, Ac 27:17, al. to bear, carry: Mt 4:6 16:24, al. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 21:21, Jo 19:31, I Co 5:12 6:15 (v. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jo 1:29, I Jo 3:5. (Cf. ἀπ’, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω ). For exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

clothingA long flowing outer garment, tunic.ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό (dim. of εἷμα, a garment ), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד, also for שִׂמְלָה, שַׂלְמָה, etc.;] a garment, but in usage always (exc. in p1., v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over the χιτών; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499 a ): Mt 9:16, 20, 21, Mk 2:21 5:27, 28, 30, Jo 19:2, Ac 12:8, al.; opp. to χιτών, Mt 5:40, Lk 6:29, Ac 9:39; pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt 17:2 26:65 27:31, 35, Mk 5:30 15:20, 24, Jo 19:23, 24, Ja 5:2, al.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

woe

But

unto them that

are with child

and

to them

that give suck

in

those

The ASV does not translate this word.

days

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

οὐαὶoo-AI

δὲdeh

ταῖςtais

ἐνen

γαστρὶgah-STREE

ἐχούσαιςeh-CHOO-sais

καὶkai

ταῖςtais

θηλαζούσαιςthay-lah-ZOO-sais

ἐνen

ἐκείναιςeh-KAY-nais

ταῖςtais

ἡμέραιςhay-MEH-rais

The Pieces

οὐαὶGreek interjection

δὲGreek conjunction

ταῖςGreek article

ἐνGreek preposition

γαστρὶGreek noun, feminine

ἐχούσαιςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ταῖςGreek article

θηλαζούσαιςGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐκείναιςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ταῖςGreek article

ἡμέραιςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

woe!Woe!, alas!, uttered in grief or denunciation.† οὐαί, interj. of grief or denunciation, [in LXX for הוֹי, אוֹי etc.;] alas! woe! most freq. c. dat. pers.. Mt 11:21 23:14, Mk 13:17 14:21, Lk 6:24-26, Ju 11, al.; c. vocat. (nom.), Re 18:10, 16, 19 (cf. Is 1:24, al.); c. acc., Re 12:12, seq. ἐκ, 8:13; c. dat. seq. ἀπό (v. M, Pr., 246), Mt 18:7. As subst., I Co 9:16 (cf. Je 6:4 ); ἡ οὐ., Re 9:12 11:14; pl., Re 9:12; οὐ., οὐ., οὐ., Re 8:13.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

bellyThe womb, stomach; of a woman: to be with child (lit: to have [a child] in the belly).γαστήρ, -τρός, ἡ, [in LXX for בֶּטֶן, ἐν γ. ἔχειν for הרה, ἐν γ. λαμβάνειν for חרה;] the belly: metaph., a glutton, Tit 1:12. the womb: ἐν γ. ἔχειν, to be with child, Mt 1:18, 23 (LXX) 24:19, Mk 13:17, Lk 21:23, I Th 5:3, Re 12:2; εν γ. συλλαμβ., to conceive, Lk 1:31.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

to suckle(a) I give suck, (b) I suck.θηλάζω (< θηλή, a breast ), [in LXX chiefly for ינק hi.;] of the mother, to suckle: Mt 24:19, Mk 13:17, Lk 21:23. Of the young, to suck: Mt 21:16; μαστούς, Lk 11:27 (cf. Jb 3:12, Ca 8:1, al.).†Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

pray ye

And

that

not

it be

in the winter

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

προσεύχεσθεproh-SYOO-cheh-stheh

δὲdeh

ἵναHEE-nah

μὴmay

γένηταιGEH-nay-tai

χειμῶνοςchay-MOH-nohs

The Pieces

προσεύχεσθεGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἵναGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

γένηταιGreek verb

χειμῶνοςGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to prayI pray, pray for, offer prayer.προσ-εύχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for פלל hith.;] to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt 6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39, 41, 44, Mk 1:35 6:46 11:24, 25 13:33 (WH, R, txt., om.) Mk 14:32, 38, 39, Lk 1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28, 29 11:1, 2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, R, mg., om.), Ac 1:24 6:6 9:11, 40 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, I Co 11:4, 5 14:14, I Th 5:17, I Ti 2:8, Ja 5:13, 18; seq. λέγων, Mt 26:39, 42, Lk 22:41; c. dat. instr., I Co 11:5 14:14, 15; μακρά, Mt 23:14 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; ἐν πνεύματι ( ἁγίῳ ), Eph 6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, v.s. προσευχή ), Ja 5:17; c. acc. rei, Lk 18:11, Ro 8:26; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Ja 5:14; c. dat. pers., Mt 6:6, I Co 11:13; seq. περί, c. gen., Ac 8:15, Col 1:3 4:3, I Th 5:25, II Th 1:11 3:1, He 13:18; ὑπέρ, Mt 5:44, Lk 6:28, Col 1:9, Ja 5:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 24:20, Mk 13:18 14:35, Lk 22:46, I Co 14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Phl 1:9; c. inf., Lk 22:46; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Ja 5:17.†Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

winterA storm, tempest; winter, the rainy season.χειμών, -ῶνος, ὁ [in LXX for גֶּשֶׁם, סְתָיו;] winter: Jo 10:22, II Ti 4:21; gen., χειμῶνος, in winter, Mt 24:20, Mk 13:18. Prop., a winter storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest: Mt 16:3 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Ac 27:20.†Scroll for more

shall be

For

The ASV does not translate this word.

days

those

tribulation

such as

not

there hath … been

the like

from

the beginning

of the creation

which

created

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

until

The ASV does not translate this word.

now

and

never

shall be

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ἔσονταιEH-sohn-tai

γὰρgahr

αἱhai

ἡμέραιhay-MEH-rai

ἐκεῖναιeh-KAY-nai

θλῖψιςTHLEE-psees

οἵαHOY-ah

οὐoo

γέγονενGEH-goh-nen

τοιαύτηtoy-OW-tay

ἀπahp

ἀρχῆςahr-CHAYS

κτίσεωςKTEE-seh-ohs

ἣνhayn

ἔκτισενEH-ktee-sen

ὁhoh

θεὸςtheh-OHS

ἕωςHEH-ohs

τοῦtoo

νῦνnoon

καὶkai

οὐoo

μὴmay

γένηταιGEH-nay-tai

The Pieces

ἔσονταιGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

αἱGreek article

ἡμέραιGreek noun, feminine

ἐκεῖναιGreek demonstrative pronoun

θλῖψιςGreek noun, feminine

οἵαGreek correlative pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

γέγονενGreek verb

τοιαύτηGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἀπGreek preposition

ἀρχῆςGreek noun, feminine

κτίσεωςGreek noun, feminine

ἣνGreek relative pronoun

ἔκτισενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

θεὸς

ἕωςGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

νῦνGreek adverb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

γένηταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

will beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

pressurePersecution, affliction, distress, tribulation.θλίψις (LTr., θλῖψις ), -εως, ἡ (< θλίβω ), [in LXX for צָרָה, etc.;] pressure (Arist.). In LXX and NT metaph., tribulation, affliction, distress: Mt 24:9, 21, 29, Mk 13:19, 24, Jo 16:21, Ac 7:11 11:19, Ro 12:12, II Co 1:4, 8 4:17 6:4 7:4 8:2, 13, Phl 4:14, II Th 1:6, Ja 1:27, Re 1:9 2:9, 22 7:14; c. ἀνάγκη (q.v.), I Th 3:7; στενοχωρία (which from the order of the words would appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2:9 8:35; διωγμός, Mt 13:21, Mk 4:17, II Th 1:4; θ. ἔχω, Jo 16:33, I Co 7:28, Re 2:10; ἔρχεσθαι ἐπί, Ac 7:11; ἐν θλίψει, I Th 1:6; pl., Ac 7:10 14:22 20:23, Ro 5:3, Eph 3:13, I Th 3:3, He 10:33; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col 1:24; θ. τῆς καρδίας, II Co 2:4; θ. ἐγείρειν, Phl 1:17.† SYN.: ἀνάγκη, διωγμός, στενοχωρία (v. supr., and cf. Tr., Syn, § lv; Lft., Notes, 45).Scroll for more

such asOf what kind, such as.οἷος, -α, -ον, relat. pron., qualitative (related to ὅς as qualis to qui ), what sort or manner of, such as, in NT usually without its correl. τοιοῦτος: Mt 24:21, Mk 9:3, II Co 12:20, I Th 1:5, II Ti 3:11, Re 16:18; seq. τοιοῦτος, I Co 15:48, II Co 10:11; id. redundant, Mk 13:19; τ. αὐτὸν... σἷον, Phl 1:30; οὐχ οἷον δὲ ὅτι, elliptically, but it is not as though (RV), Ro 9:6.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

such as thisOf such a kind, such.τοιοῦτος, -αύτη, -οῦτο (as usually in Att.. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut. -οῦτον in Al., Ac 21:25, Rec. only), correlat. of οἷος, ὁποῖος, ὥς, etc., such as this, of such a kind, such: Mt 9:8 18:5, Mk 4:33 6:2 7:13 9:37 (T, τούτων ), Jo 9:16, Ac 16:24, I Co 5:1 11:16, II Co 3:4, 12 12:3, He 7:26 8:1 12:3 13:16, Ja 4:16; οἷος... τ., I Co 15:48, II Co 10:11; id. pleonast. (v. Bl., § 50, 4), Mk 13:19; seq. ὁποῖος, Ac 26:29; ὥς, Phm 9. As subst., anarth: pl., Lk 9:9; c. art., ὁ τ., such a one (Bl., § 47, 9; Ellic. on Ga 5:21 ): Ac 22:22, I Co 5:5, al.; pl., Mt 19:14, Mk 10:14, al.; neut. pl., Ac 19:25, Ro 1:32, al.Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

beginning(a) rule (kingly or magisterial), (b) plur: in a quasi-personal sense, almost: rulers, magistrates, (c) beginning.ἀρχή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for קֶדֶם, רֹאשׁ, רֵאשִׁית, etc.;] beginning, origin; absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the Eternal, the First Cause, Re 21:6 (cf. 1:8 ); similarly, of Christ, Re 22:13; of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Re 3:14; in his relation to the Church, Col 1:18; ἐν ἀ., Jo 1:1, 2; ἀπ᾽ ἀ. (and ἀπ᾽ ἀ. κτισεως ), Mt 19:4, 8 24:21, Mk 10:6 13:19, Jo 8:44, II Th 2:13, II Pe 3:4, I Jn 1:1 2:13, 14 3:8; κατ’ ἀρχάς, He 1:10; relatively: He 7:3; ἀ. ὠδίνων, Mt 24:8, Mk 13:9; τ. σημείων, Jo 2:11; τ. ὑποστάσεως, He 3:14; τ. λογίων, He 5:12; ὁ τ. ἀρχῆς τ. Χριστοῦ λόγος, the account of the beginning, the elementary view of Christ, He 6:1; ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν, to begin, He 2:3; ἐξ ἀ., Jo 6:64 16:4; ἀπ’ ἀ., Lk 1:2, Jo 15:27, I Jn 2:7, 24 3:11, II Jn 5, 6; ἐν ἀ., Ac 11:15 26:4, Phl 4:15; τὴν ἀρχήν, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al.; v MM, s.v.): Jo 8:25. an extremity, a corner: Ac 10:11 11:5. sovereignty, principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.): Lk 12:11 20:20, Ro 8:38, I Co 15:24, Eph 1:21 3:10 6:12, Col 1:16 2:10, 15, Tit 3:1, Ju 6 (Cremer, 113).†Scroll for more

creation(often of the founding of a city), (a) abstr: creation, (b) concr: creation, creature, institution; always of Divine work, (c) an institution, ordinance.κτίσις, -εως, ἡ (< κτίζω ), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104):24 ( קִנְיָן ), Pr 1:13 A ( הוֹן ), To 8:5, Wi 2:6, Si 16:17, III Mac 2:2, al.;] a founding, settling, foundation (cl.). In LXX and NT, the act of creating, creation: Mk 10:6 (Swete, in l.), Mk 13:19, Ro 1:20, II Pe 3:4; that which has been created, creation: Ro 1:25 8:39, He 4:13; καινὴ κ., II Co 5:17, Ga 6:15; πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κ. (Hort., in l.), I Pe 2:13; collectively, of the sum of created things ( Wi 19:6, Jth 16:14 ), Mk 16:[15], Col 1:15, 23, He 9:11, Re 3:14; of the irrational creation, Ro 8:19-22.†Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to createI create, form, shape, make, always of God.κτίζω, [in LXX chiefly for בּרא, Ps 50 (51):10, al.; also for קנה, Ge 14:19, Pr 8:22; יצר, Is 22:11 46:11, Wi 2:23, Si 1:4, 9 (and freq.), I Es 4:53, a1.;] in cl., to people or found a region or city ( I Es 4:53 ). In LXX and NT, of God, to create: Mk 13:19, I Co 11:9, Col 1:16 3:10, Eph 3:9, I Ti 4:3, Re 4:11 10:6; ὁ κτίσας, Mt 19:4 (WH, R, mg.), Ro 1:25; of the divine operation on the soul, Eph 2:10, 15 4:24 (cf. Ps 51:10 ).†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

nowAdv. (a) of time: just now, even now; just at hand, immediately, (b) of logical connection: now then, (c) in commands and appeals: at this instant.νῦν, adv., [in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה;] prop., of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 4:18, Ac 7:52, Ro 13:11, II Co 7:9, Col 1:24, al.; opp. to fut., Jo 12:27, Ro 11:31, al.; c. art., ὁ ( ἡ, τὸ ) et subst., the present: Ro 3:26, Ga 4:25, I Ti 6:17, Tit 2:12, al.; ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה ), Lk 1:48, Ac 18:6, al.; ἄχρι τοῦ ν., Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַתָּה עַד ), Mt 24:21, Mk 13:19; τὰ ν., as regards the present, Ac 5:38; c. pret., just now, but now, Mt 26:65, Jo 11:8 21:10; c. fut., now, presently, Jo 12:31, Ac 20:22; so c. praes., presently, forthwith, Jo 12:31 17:13; καὶ ν., Jo 11:22 17:5, al.; ἀλλὰ ν., Lk 22:36; ἔτι ν., I Co 3:2; τότε ( πότε )... ν. ( δέ ), Ro 6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, I Jo 4:3; ν. οὖν, Ac 10:33, al. Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Lk 11:39; καὶ ν., Ac 3:17, II Th 2:6, I Jo 2:28; id. seq. δεῦρο, Ac 7:34; ν. δέ, Jo 8:40 9:41 15:22, 24 18:36, I Co 5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579 11 ).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

And

except

the Lord

had shortened

the

days

no

would

have been saved

no

flesh

but

for … sake

the

elect’s

whom

he chose

he shortened

the

days

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

καὶkai

εἰay

μὴmay

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

ἐκολόβωσενeh-koh-LOH-boh-sen

τὰςtahs

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

οὐκook

ἂνahn

ἐσώθηeh-SOH-thay

πᾶσαPAH-sah

σάρξsahrks

ἀλλὰah-LAH

διὰdee-AH

τοὺςtoos

ἐκλεκτοὺςeh-kleh-KTOOS

οὓςhoos

ἐξελέξατοeh-kseh-LEH-ksah-toh

ἐκολόβωσενeh-koh-LOH-boh-sen

τὰςtahs

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰGreek conditional

μὴGreek negative particle

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐκολόβωσενGreek verb

τὰςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἂνGreek conditional

ἐσώθηGreek verb

πᾶσαGreek adjective

σάρξGreek noun, feminine

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

διὰGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

ἐκλεκτοὺςGreek adjective

οὓςGreek relative pronoun

ἐξελέξατοGreek verb

ἐκολόβωσενGreek verb

τὰςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

to shorten(lit: I maim, mutilate), I cut short, shorten, abbreviate.κολοβόω, -ῶ (< κολοβός, docked ), [in LXX: II Ki 4:12 ( קצץ pi.)*;] to cut off, amputate (LXX), hence, to curtail, shorten: Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

ifAn untranslatable word (under the circumstances, in that case, anyhow), the general effect of which is to make a statement contingent, which would otherwise be definite: it is thus regularly used with the subjunctive mood.ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, s.v.). In apodosis, c. indic, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if ( εἰ c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7:39 17:6, Jo 5:46, Ga 1:10, Mt 12:7 24:43, I Co 2:8, Ac 18:14, I Jo 2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mt 25:27, Lk 19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jo 8:39 15:24 19:11, Ro 7:7, Ga 4:15; c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; as in cl., c. subj., in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, q.v.; in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; v.s. ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; c. pres., ἡνίκα, II Co 3:15; ὃς ἄν, Ro 9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Lk 9:5; ὡς ἄν, Ro 15:24 (M, Pr., 167); c. aor., ὃς ἄν, Mt 5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mt 2:13, Mk 6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. On the freq. use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, v.s. ἐάν; in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: ὅταν (q.v.); ὅπου ἄν, Mk 6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Ac 2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, I Co 12:2. in iterative construction, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 2:45 4:35, I Co 12:2. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Ac 8:31 26:29. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), I Co 7:5; ὡς ἄν, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), II Co 10:9.Scroll for more

to saveI save, heal, preserve, rescue.σώζω (on the more accurate σῴζω, v. WH, Intr., § 410; Bl., §3, 1-3), [in LXX chiefly for ישׁע hi., also for מלט ni., נצל ni., etc.;] to save from peril, injury or suffering: Mt 8:25, Mk 13:20, Lk 23:35, al.; τ. ψυχήν, Mt 16:25, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 12:27, He 5:7, Ju 5; of healing, restoring to health: Mt 9:22, Mk 5:34, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Ro 8:24, Eph 2:5, 8 II Ti 1:9, Tit 3:5; (2) Ac 2:47, I Co 1:18, 15:2, II Co 2:15; (3) Mt 10:22, Ro 13:11, Phl 2:12, He 9:28 " (Vau. on Ro 5:9 ). Seq. ἀπό, Mt 1:21, Ac 2:40, Ro 5:9; ἐκ, Ja 5:20, Ju 23 (cf. Cremer, 532 ff.).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

fleshFlesh, body, human nature, materiality; kindred.σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for בָּשָׂר;] flesh; as in cl. generally, prop., of the soft substance of the animal body: I Co 15:39, II Co 12:7, Ga 6:13, al.; σ. καὶ αἷμα, I Co 5:50; σ. καὶ ὀστέα, Lk 24:39; pl., of the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Re 17:16 19:18; φαγεῖν, Re, ll. c. (cf. κατεσθίειν, IV Ki 9:36, al., and βιβρώσκειν, freq. in l.); metaph., Ja 5:3; mystically, φ. (τρώγειν) τὴν σ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου, Jo 6:52-56; Of the whole substance of the body, = σῶμα: Ac 2:26 (LXX), 31, II Co 12:7, Ga 4:14, Eph 5:29; μία σ., Mk 10:8; εἰς σ. μίαν ( Ge 2:24 ), Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, I Co 6:16, Eph 5:31; hence, of the material as opp. to the immaterial part of man (cf. Lft., Notes, 88): opp. to πνεῦμα, I Co 5:5, II Co 7:1, Col 2:5, I Pe 3:18, 4:6; to ψύχη, Ac 2:31, Rec.; of the present life, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Ro 7:5, Ga 2:20, Phl 1:22, 24 I Pe 4:2; of Christ's life on earth, αἱ ἡμέραι τ. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, He 5:7; of things pertaining to the body, ἐν (τῇ) σ., Ga 6:12, 13, Phl 3:3, 4. As in Heb. idiom, of a living creature: πᾶσα σ. (Heb. כָּל־בָּשָׂר; cf. Bl., § 47, 9), Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, I Pe 1:24; esp. of man and his mortality ( Ps 55 (56):5, Si 28:5, al.), Jo 1:14; πᾶσα σ. (v. supr.), Lk 3:6, Jo 17:2, Ac 2:17, ἐν σ., I Jo 4:2, I Ti 3:16; of natural origin and relationship ( Ge 2:24, Is 58:7, al.): τέκνα τῆς σ., Ro 9:8; κατὰ σάρκα, ib. 3, 5, I Co 10:18, Ga 4:23, 29; ἡ σ. μου, Ro 11:14 (cf. Jg 9:2, II Ki 5:1, al.). Of the physical nature as subject to sensation and desire (Plut.), without any ethical disparagement: Ro 7:18 13:14; opp. to πνεῦμα, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38; τ. θέλημα τῆς σ., Jo 1:13; ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σ., I Jo 2:16; pl., II Pe 2:18; παθεῖν σαρκί, I Pe 4:1; in ethical sense, esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful desires: opp. to νοῦς, Ro 7:25; to πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4-9, 12, 13, Ga 5:16, 17, 19 6:8 (cf. DB, ii, 14f.; iv, 165f.; Cremer, 844 ff.).Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

selectChosen out, elect, choice, select, sometimes as subst: of those chosen out by God for the rendering of special service to Him (of the Hebrew race, particular Hebrews, the Messiah, and the Christians).ἐκ-λεκτός, -ή, -όν (< ἐκλέγω ), [in LXX for בָּחַר (so prob. in Is 28:16, Pr 17:3, for MT בָּחַן ), בָּרִיא, etc.;] choice, select (cl., rarely; Thuc., Plat., al.), hence, eminent: Ro 16:13 (cf. Ez 27:24 ). As in Inscr. (MM, Exp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect, chosen of God ( Is 65:9, Ps 105:43, al.); so in NT; of Christ: Lk 23:35 (cf. Is 42:1 ); fig., λίθος, I Pe 2:4, 6 (LXX); of holy angels: I Ti 5:21; of Christians: Mt 24:22, 24, Mk 13:20, 22, 27, II Ti 2:10, I Pe 1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Lk 18:7, Ro 8:33, Col 3:12, Tit 1:1; τ. Χριστοῦ, Mt 24:31; ἐ. κυρία, II Jn 1; ἀδελφή, II Jn 13; γένος, I Pe 2:9 (LXX); κλητοὶ καὶ ἐ. κ. πιστοί, Re 17:14; opp. to κλητός (not so in Epp.; v. Lft. on Col 3:12 ), Mt 20:16 (T, WH, txt., R, omit) Mt 22:14 (Cremer, 405, 775).†Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

to selectI pick out for myself, choose, elect, select.ἐκ-λέγω [in LXX chiefly for בָּחַר;] to pick out, choose. In NT always mid. (exc. Lk 9:35, ἐκλελεγμένος, WH, ἀγαπητός, R, mg.), to pick out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f.): c. acc rei, Lk 10:42 14:7; c. acc pers., Ac 6:5 15:22, 25; of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 9:35; of Christ's choice of disciples, Lk 6:13, Jo 6:70 13:18 15:16, 19 Ac 1:2; of the Divine choice: of persons, Mk 13:20, Ac 1:24 13:17 15:7, Eph 1:4, Ja 2:5; of things, I Co 1:27, 28 (Cremer, 402, 773).†Scroll for more

to shorten(lit: I maim, mutilate), I cut short, shorten, abbreviate.κολοβόω, -ῶ (< κολοβός, docked ), [in LXX: II Ki 4:12 ( קצץ pi.)*;] to cut off, amputate (LXX), hence, to curtail, shorten: Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

And

then

if

any man

unto you

shall say

Lo

here is

the

Christ

or

Lo

there

not

believe it

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

καὶkai

τότεTOH-teh

ἐάνeh-AHN

τιςtees

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

εἴπῃAY-pay

ἼδεEE-deh

ὧδεHOH-deh

ὁhoh

χριστόςchree-STOHS

ἢay

ἼδεEE-deh

ἐκεῖeh-KAY

μὴmay

πιστεύετεpee-STYOO-eh-teh

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

τότεGreek adverb

ἐάνGreek conditional

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

εἴπῃGreek verb

ἼδεGreek interjection

ὧδεGreek adverb

ὁGreek article

χριστόςname of a title or other name

ἢGreek conjunction

ἼδεGreek interjection

ἐκεῖGreek adverb

μὴGreek negative particle

πιστεύετεGreek verb